Record full-year revenue result for FPH
News Release
STOCK EXCHANGE LISTINGS: NEW ZEALAND (FPH), AUSTRALIA (FPH)
Record full-year revenue result for Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Auckland, New Zealand, 28 May 2025 – Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited today
announced its results for the full year ended 31 March 2025.
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer Lewis Gradon said, “During the 2025 financial year,
we stayed focused on the fundamentals of our business and we achieved strong results, with annual
revenue of more than $2 billion for the first time in our history.”
Total operating revenue was a record $2.02 billion, an increase of 16% from the prior financial year,
or 14% in constant currency. This was driven by broad-based growth in hospital consumables and
double-digit growth in masks for treating obstructive sleep apnea.
Net profit after tax for the financial year was $377.2 million, a 43% increase over the 2024 financial
year, or 30% in constant currency. These growth rates are against underlying net profit after tax for
the 2024 financial year, which excluded three abnormal items.
For the Hospital product group, which includes products used in respiratory, acute and surgical care,
revenue for the full year was $1.28 billion, up 18% from the previous financial year, or 16% in
constant currency. Sales of new applications consumables were up 20% over the prior financial
year, or 18% in constant currency.
For the Homecare product group, which includes products used in the treatment of obstructive sleep
apnea (OSA) and respiratory support in the home, revenue for the full year was $739.9 million, up
13% over the previous financial year, or 11% in constant currency. OSA masks revenue was up
14% for the full year, or 11% in constant currency.
The company remains committed to returning to its long-term gross margin target of 65%. For the
2025 financial year, gross margin was 62.9%, an underlying performance increase of 181 basis
points, or 129 basis points in constant currency.
New products and market releases
During the 2025 financial year, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare invested $226.9 million into research and
development. The company expanded the roll-out of its F&P Airvo
TM
3 device and F&P 950
TM
System in the United States and increased the adoption of its products for use in anaesthesia, F&P
Optiflow Switch™ and F&P Optiflow Trace™. The business also launched two new masks for
treating OSA, the F&P Nova™ Micro mask in April 2024 and the F&P Nova Nasal mask in March
2025.
Dividend
For the second half of the year, the Board has approved a final dividend of 24.0 cents per share.
This takes the total dividend for the year to 42.5 cents per share, an increase of 2% over the
previous full year. The final dividend, carrying full New Zealand imputation credit, will be paid on
4 July 2025 with a record date of 24 June 2025.
Outlook for the 2026 financial year
At 30 April exchange rates*, the company expects full year operating revenue to be in the range of
approximately $2.15 billion to $2.25 billion, and net profit after tax to be in the range of
approximately $390 million to $440 million.
This outlook anticipates an overall improvement in gross margin for the year and includes an
estimated 50-basis point impact of US tariffs on hospital products sourced from New Zealand. It also
assumes current global tariff rates, policies and applications for the duration of this financial year.
“Our actions in response to any trade policy developments will be driven by our longstanding
approach, which is to mitigate cost increases from any source by identifying and implementing
continuous improvements and efficiency gains across all of our business processes,” said Mr
Gradon.
Capital expenditure for the 2026 financial year is expected to be approximately $225 million.
“Looking ahead, we will continue to apply the fundamental principles that have guided us for
decades. We have a strong new product pipeline and are confident that we will continue to introduce
innovative products and therapies that enhance patient care and improve health outcomes
worldwide,” concluded Mr Gradon.
* 30 April 2025 exchange rates of NZD:USD 0.59, NZD:EUR 0.52, NZD:MXN 11.61.
Overview of key results for the 2025 financial year
• 16% growth in operating revenue to $2.02 billion, 14% growth in constant currency.
• 43% growth in underlying net profit after tax to $377.2 million, 30% growth in constant currency.
• 18% growth in Hospital operating revenue to $1.28 billion, 16% growth in constant currency.
• 20% revenue growth for new applications consumables, 18% growth in constant currency.
• 13% growth in Homecare operating revenue to $739.9 million, 11% growth in constant currency.
• 14% growth in OSA masks revenue, or 11% growth in constant currency.
• Investment in R&D was 11% of revenue, or $226.9 million.
• 2% increase in final dividend to 24.0 cps (2024: 23.5 cps).
• 2% increase in total dividends for the financial year to 42.5 cps (2024: 41.5 cps).
About Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of products and
systems for use in acute and chronic respiratory care, surgery and the treatment of obstructive sleep
apnea. The company’s products are sold in over 120 countries worldwide. For more information
about the company, visit our website www.fphcare.com.
Media & Investor Contacts:
Karen Knott
GM Corporate Communications
karen.knott@fphcare.co.nz
+64 21 713 911
Daniel Adolph
Head of Investor Relations
daniel.adolph@fphcare.co.nz
+64 22 511 4050
Authorised by Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited’s Board of Directors.
Accompanying Documents
Attached to this news release are the following additional documents:
• Results in Brief
• Annual Report 2025
• Investor Presentation 2025
• NZX Results Announcement
• NZX Distribution Notice
Full Year Results Conference Call
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare will host a conference call today to discuss the results for the 2025
financial year. The conference call is scheduled to begin at 10:00am NZST, 8:00am AEST
Wednesday, 28 May (6:00pm USEDT, Tuesday 27 May) and will be broadcast simultaneously
online.
To listen to the webcast, access the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/investor. An online
archive of the event will be available approximately two hours after the webcast and will remain on
the site for two weeks.
To listen and participate in the conference call via phone, please register via ‘GlobalMeet’ by clicking
this link. Once registered, click ‘Call Me’ and you will receive a phone call connecting you through to
the conference line.
Non-GAAP financial information
Constant currency information included within this news release is non-GAAP financial information,
as defined by the NZ Financial Markets Authority, and has been provided to assist users of financial
information to better understand and track the company’s comparative financial performance without
the impacts of spot foreign currency fluctuations and hedging results and has been prepared on a
consistent basis each year. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on the
company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.
Underlying net profit after tax, referenced within this news release, is a non-GAAP performance
measure and is not defined or specified under the requirements of NZ IFRS. The company believes
that this non-GAAP measure, which is not considered to be a substitute for or superior to NZ IFRS
measures, provides stakeholders with additional helpful information on the performance of the
business.
A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency/underlying net profit after tax is
available in the company’s Annual Report 2025.
---
Results in Brief
Year ended 31 March
% Change
(Reported)
% Change
(Constant
Currency
1
)
% Change
Underlying
(Reported)
% Change
Underlying
(Constant
Currency
1
)
2024
2024
Underlying
2
2025
NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M
(except as
otherwise
stated)
(except as
otherwise stated)
(except as
otherwise stated)
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE
Operating revenue 1,742.8 1,742.8 2,021.0 16% 14% 16% 14%
Cost of sales (698.4) (678.4) (750.1) 7% 7% 11% 10%
Gross profit 1,044.4 1,064.4 1,270.9 22% 18% 19% 16%
Gross margin 59.9% 61.1% 62.9% 296 bps 247 bps 181 bps 129 bps
Selling, general and administrative
expenses
(492.8) (492.8) (534.4) 8% 8% 8% 8%
Research and development expenses (198.2) (198.2) (226.9) 14% 14% 14% 14%
R&D percentage of operating revenue 11.4% 11.4% 11.2% -15 bps 8 bps -15 bps 8 bps
Total operating expenses (691.0) (691.0) (761.3) 10% 10% 10% 10%
Operating profit 353.4 373.4 509.6 44% 36% 36% 28%
Operating margin 20.3% 21.4% 25.2% 494 bps 377 bps 379 bps 260 bps
Revaluation of land (98.1) - -
Profit before financing and tax 255.3 373.4 509.6 100% 97% 36% 28%
Net financing (expense) / income (19.6) (19.6) (6.3) -68% -56% -68% -56%
Profit before tax 235.7 353.8 503.3 114% 107% 42% 32%
Tax expense (103.1) (89.4) (126.1) 22% 18% 41% 39%
Profit after tax 132.6 264.4 377.2 184% 180% 43% 30%
Effective tax rate 43.7% 25.3% 25.1%
Effective tax rate excluding R&D tax
credit, revaluation of land and removal
of building depreciation
30.5% 30.5% 29.1%
1
Constant currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the Group’s underlying comparative financial performance without any impact from changes in foreign
exchange rates. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf. The reconciliation to reported results is included within the Financial Commentary section
of the Annual Report.
2
Underlying financial performance has been presented excluding the impact of abnormal items during the 2024 financial year. For more information, please refer to page 127 of the Annual Report.
Results in Brief
(continued)
Year ended 31 March
2024
2025
% Change
(Reported)
NZ$M NZ$M
Revenue by Region:
North America 806.1 967.2
20%
Europe 477.3 541.5
13%
Asia Pacific 368.9 420.8
14%
Other 90.5 91.5
1%
Total 1,742.8 2,021.0
16%
Revenue by Product Group:
Hospital 1,087.9 1280.3
18%
Homecare 652.3 739.9
13%
Core products sub-total 1,740.2 2,020.2
16%
Distributed and other 2.6 0.8
-69%
Total 1,742.8 2,021.0
16%
As at 31 March
2024
NZ$M
(except as otherwise
stated)
2025
NZ$M
(except as
otherwise stated)
% Change
FINANCIAL POSITION
Tangible assets 2,100.8 2,313.6
10%
Intangible assets
3
180.9 237.2
31%
Total assets 2,281.7 2,550.8
12%
Total liabilities (522.6) (660.4)
26%
Shareholders’ equity 1,759.1 1,890.4
7%
Gearing 1.8% -11.6%
-732%
Net tangible asset backing (cents per
share)
271 284
5%
3
Includes Intangible and deferred tax assets.
Year ended 31 March
% Change
2024 2025
NZ$M NZ$M
(except as
otherwise stated)
(except as
otherwise stated)
CASH FLOWS
Net cash flow from operating activities 429.6 548.6
28%
Net cash flow (used in) investing activities (339.0) (103.0)
-70%
Net cash flow (used in) financing activities (128.7) (268.2)
108%
SHARES OUTSTANDING
Weighted average basic shares
outstanding
581,972,373 585,543,359
Weighted average diluted shares
outstanding
586,178,934 590,199,636
Basic shares outstanding at period end 583,963,682 586,139,423
DIVIDENDS AND EARNINGS PER
SHARE
Dividends per share (cents) – declared 41.5 42.5
2%
Basic earnings per share (cents) 22.8 64.4
182%
---
FUNDAMENTALS
Annual Report 2025
Our unique culture is built around guiding
principles that clarify our intent, shape our
thinking and underpin the way we work.
We call them
FUNDAMENTALS and we apply
them every day as we strengthen our
business for the future.
2Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Constant currency information contained within this report is non-conforming financial information, as defined by the NZ FMA, and has been provided to assist
users of financial information to better understand and assess the company’s financial performance without the impacts of spot financial currency fluctuations
and hedging results, and has been prepared on a consistent basis each financial year. A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency results is
available on page 130 of this report. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on our website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.
NEVILLE MITCHELL
BOARD CHAIR
LEWIS GRADON
MANAGING DIRECTOR
AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Welcome to our 2025 Annual Report – Fundamentals. In this report,
we feature the work we have done this year to improve patient care
and outcomes around the world and the financial results we achieved
while doing so.
About this report
Our people, investors and customers can
also learn about our track record in non-
financial matters, including environmental,
social and governance (ESG) topics. Our ESG
commitments and metrics are included in the
Operating Sustainably section of this report.
This report references the 2021 Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards. It also
contains a section on our Climate-related
Disclosures in compliance with the External
Reporting Board’s Aotearoa New Zealand
Climate Standards.
We welcome your feedback and suggestions
for improvement. Please send any questions
or comments to investor@fphcare.co.nz.
A digital version of this report, along with
all previous annual and interim reports are
available at www.fphcare.com/nz/corporate/
investor/reports.
This report covers the financial year ended
31 March 2025 and is dated 27 May 2025. The
report has been approved by the Board and is
signed on behalf of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Corporation Limited by Neville Mitchell, Board
Chair, and Lewis Gradon, Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer.
3Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Contents
This PDF report has a clickable Contents
page and a navigation menu at the top of
all pages for ease of use and quick access
to information.
THE BUSINESS YEAR
THE COMPANY
OPERATING SUSTAINABLYFINANCIALS
APPENDICESCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURES
Our company 16
Our culture, values and beliefs 17
How our business works 18
How we deliver value 19
What matters most 20
Sustainable development goals 22
Our Board 26
Our Executive Management Team 28
Five year summary 165
Independent assurance report168
GRI content index 171
Glossary 176
Directory 178
People 32
Suppliers 45
Community 52
Product quality 57
Risk management 60
Governance 64
Remuneration 80
Environment 89
Financial commentary 126
Financial statements 131
Notes to the financial statements 135
Independent auditor’s report 160
About our disclosures 95
Governance 96
Risk management 98
Strategy 99
Metrics and targets 120
Greenhouse gas emissions121
Financial highlights 6
Business highlights 7
Hospital and Homecare overview 8
Report from the Chair 10
Report from the Managing Director
& Chief Executive Officer 12
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
4Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
5Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
THE
BUSINESS
YEAR
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
6Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
OPERATING REVENUE
$2.02b
▲
16% | 2024 $1.74B
GROSS MARGIN
62.9%
181* BASIS POINTS INCREASE
(UNDERLYING)
NEW APPLICATIONS
CONSUMABLES REVENUE GROWTH
18%
CONSTANT CURRENCY
HOSPITAL REVENUE
$1.28b
▲
18% | 2024 $1.1B
NET PROFIT AFTER TAX
$ 37 7. 2m
▲
43%* | 2024 $264.4M
(UNDERLYING)
TOTAL DIVIDEND FOR YEAR
FULLY IMPUTED
42.5cps
▲
2% | 2024 41.5CPS
HOMECARE REVENUE
$739.9m
▲
13% | 2024 $652.3M
Financial highlights
48%
27%
21%
4%
OPERATING REVENUE
NZ$ MILLIONS
NET PROFIT AFTER TAX*
NZ$ MILLIONS
REVENUE BY PRODUCT GROUP
12 MONTHS TO 31 MARCH 2025
REVENUE BY REGION
12 MONTHS TO 31 MARCH 2025
120+
COUNTRIES
Hospital
Homecare
Distributed & Other
North America
Europe
Asia Pacific
Other
<1%
63%
37%
25242322212019
1,681.7
1,581.1
1,742.8
2,021.0
1,971.2
1,263.7
1,072.1
0.000000
87.366667
174.733333
262.100000
349.466667
436.833333
524.200000
25242322212019
524.2
287.3
209.2
376.9
250.3
377.2
264.4
SPEND ON R&D
$226.9m
11% OF OPERATING REVENUE
* These growth figures are calculated against the respective underlying gross margin and net profit after tax figures
for the 2024 financial year, which excluded the abnormal impact of a product recall provision, the revaluation of
land and deferred tax on removal of building depreciation.
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
7Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Business highlights
IMPACTED
the lives of approximately
22 million patients globally
SUSTAINED
momentum in anesthesia with
adoption of F&P Optiflow Switch™
and F&P Optiflow Trace™
SURPASSED
$2 billion in annual revenue for
the first time in our company’s history
SIGNED
construction contract for fifth
building at our East Tāmaki campus
in Auckland, New Zealand
LAUNCHED
our F&P Nova™ Nasal mask for
treating obstructive sleep apnea
in New Zealand and Australia
CONTINUED
roll-out of F&P Airvo™ 3
and F&P 950™ System into
the United States
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
8Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
63%
OF OPERATING REVENUE18%$1.28B
CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE FROM
NEW APPLICATIONS CONSUMABLES
OPERATING REVENUE
▲ 18%
Hospital
Our Hospital product group
includes products used in invasive
ventilation, noninvasive ventilation,
high flow therapy, anesthesia, and
laparoscopic and open surgery.
Not only do these products help
healthcare providers improve
patient outcomes, they often
deliver economic benefits as well,
by reducing the need to escalate
care and shortening patient stays
in hospital.
PRODUCT GROUP OVERVIEW
Our business is structured in
two parts: Hospital and Homecare.
FEATURED PRODUCT
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
9Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
37%
OF OPERATING REVENUE11%$739.9M
CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE
FROM OSA MASKS
OPERATING REVENUE
▲ 13%
Homecare
Our Homecare product group
includes devices and systems
used to treat obstructive sleep
apnea (OSA) and provide
respiratory support in the
home. These include our CPAP
therapy masks as well as flow
generators, interfaces and data
management technologies.
FEATURED PRODUCT
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
10Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
The number of patients treated
each year is an important measure
of our progress, and last year, our
products were used to treat an
estimated 22 million patients.
The business also achieved a record revenue
result, and I am pleased to share with you some
of the highlights of the year in this report.
For the full 2025 financial year, operating
revenue surpassed $2 billion for the first time.
At $2.02 billion, revenue was up 16% over the
prior year, or 14% in constant currency.
Net profit after tax was $377.2 million, up 43%
or 30% in constant currency. These growth
rates are against the underlying net profit after
tax in the prior year, which excluded three
abnormal items.
During the year, the team released a number
of key hospital products into additional markets
and launched new masks for treating obstructive
sleep apnea.
Board update
Following Scott St John’s retirement last
August, I took up the role of Chair. It is truly
a privilege to lead the Board and contribute
to this company’s growth and success. To fill
the vacancy left by Scott St John, Mark Cross
joined the Board as an independent director,
and he was appointed to chair the Audit & Risk
Committee. With eight directors, our Board is
at full strength, and we have a strong mix of
skills among our members. We will continue
to prioritise identifying strong candidates for
the future.
One of the Board’s responsibilities is to oversee
the company’s long-term and annual plans
for delivering sustainable, profitable growth.
This includes regular reviews of strategy
documents and global policies that set out the
company’s intentions and ‘fundamentals’ – the
guiding principles and business practices that
enable those intentions.
During the 2025 financial year, we reviewed
policies related to our people, digital
technology, corporate governance, product
quality and regulatory compliance, and sales.
We conducted deep-dives into health and
safety and the company’s regional sales
strategies, hearing directly from senior leaders
responsible for these functions. The Board also
discussed the company’s use and governance
of artificial intelligence.
Report from
the Chair
NEVILLE MITCHELL
Board Chair
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
11Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Infrastructure
Another Board responsibility is to review the
company’s plans for growing infrastructure.
In March we approved the construction
contract for the fifth building on the East
Tāmaki campus in Auckland. This is a
purposeful investment to ensure the business
continues to have the capacity and resources
in New Zealand to progress its future product
pipeline. The total cost of the new building is
expected to be approximately $250 million,
and it is expected to be operational in 2027.
Plans are still in development for the second
New Zealand campus at Karaka, Auckland.
The company has submitted a plan change
application for the land and is continuing to
engage with the community, local government,
and mana whenua to align on goals for the site.
Ngāti Tamaoho, Ngāti Te Ata and Te Aakitai
Waiohua supported us with cultural values
assessments that formed part of the planning
submission to Auckland Council.
As we mentioned in November, the company’s
newest manufacturing facility in China is
now fully operational, and sales from this site
into the local market commenced this year.
Growing our capabilities in China is critical,
and the Board looks forward to visiting that
facility later this year.
Tariffs
In response to US tariffs, we are giving
careful thought to trade policy developments
in consultation with experts in this field.
We would particularly like to acknowledge
the valuable assistance from the New Zealand
Ministry for Foreign Affairs and Trade, and
New Zealand Trade and Enterprise.
Guided by one of our ‘fundamentals,’ we
are applying long-term thinking to the
challenges presented by tariffs. Our actions
will be measured and cautious, and we will
manage any changes without becoming
distracted from our core business. We will
be guided by our principles, which include
supporting our people, keeping the trust of
our customers and maintaining stability in
our operations.
Environmental and social
responsibility
It is our view that we have a responsibility
to operate this business efficiently and to
demonstrate care for the company’s people,
customers, suppliers, local communities and
the natural environment. This report includes
information about those initiatives, as well as
non-financial risks and opportunities. Each
year we strive to enhance this reporting.
This is the second year we have published
climate-related disclosures in accordance
with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate
Standards. These disclosures are mandatory
for listed companies to help ensure
that the effects of climate change are
routinely considered in business and
investment decisions. Every year we aim
to refine and improve these disclosures,
and our environmental sustainability
and social responsibility performance is
a standing item on the agenda for the
Board’s Audit & Risk Committee.
We believe in supporting the local
communities where we have a large presence.
Our community activities focus on three key
areas – health, education and the environment
– and a summary of the past year’s
achievements are included in this report. In
New Zealand, our community support is largely
coordinated and funded by the Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare Foundation. Our global offices
organised additional activities in their local
communities during the 2025 financial year.
Dividend
For the second half of the year, the Board
has approved a final dividend of 24 cents per
share. This takes the total dividend for the
year to 42.5 cents per share, an increase of 2%
over the previous full year. The final dividend,
carrying full New Zealand imputation credit,
will be paid on 4 July 2025 with a record date
of 24 June 2025. Given the company’s strong
financial performance, the dividend reinvestment
plan remains suspended, and the dividend will
be paid in cash.
Thank you
Our company’s purpose – improving care and
outcomes – is brought to life by the people of
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, who now number
over 7,500 around the world. To recognise their
contribution, the Board has approved a profit-
sharing payment totalling $15 million for the full
year, to be shared among everyone who has
worked for the company for a qualifying period.
On behalf of all our directors, I want to thank
the employees of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
for their diligence and determination, and for
living out the F&P values – life, relationships,
internationalism, commitment and originality.
This is an extraordinary company positioned
well for the future. I want to acknowledge
everyone who supports our success – our clinical
partners, suppliers, customers, and you, our
shareholders. Your investment fuels a business
making a positive difference for patients in
more than 120 countries.
Neville Mitchell
Board Chair
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
12Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Report from the
Managing Director
& Chief Executive
Officer
LEWIS GRADON
Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer
Our strategy for sustainable,
profitable growth has been
consistent for years. Our
‘fundamentals’ guide the way
we execute it.
During the 2025 financial year, we stayed
focused on our strategy and fundamentals, and
we achieved an excellent result, with operating
revenue of more than $2 billion for the first
time in our history.
Compared to the 2024 financial year, revenue
was up 16%, or 14% in constant currency. Net
profit after tax for the 2025 financial year was
$377.2 million, up 43% or 30% in constant
currency, over underlying net profit for the
previous financial year.
Our Hospital product group result was
pleasing across the portfolio, including in
noninvasive ventilation, Optiflow for both
respiratory and anesthesia patients, and
invasive ventilation. Hospital revenue was
$1.28 billion, an 18% increase compared to
the previous year, or 16% in constant currency.
New applications consumables sales were
up 20%, or 18% in constant currency, driven
by changing clinical practice.
Our Homecare product group, which
includes devices for home use and masks for
obstructive sleep apnea (OSA), also delivered
solid growth. Revenue for this product group
was $739.9 million, up 13% from the previous
year, or 11% in constant currency. OSA masks
revenue was up 14% for the year, or 11% in
constant currency; we saw strong growth in
the nasal and pillows categories where we
launched new masks.
We remain committed to reaching our gross
margin target of 65%, and over the previous
two financial years, we achieved incremental
improvements. For the 2025 financial year,
gross margin increased to 62.9%, or an
improvement of 129 basis points, in constant
currency underlying performance.
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
13Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Fundamentals
Back in November, we opened our
report to shareholders by referring to
our ‘fundamentals’ – basic principles that
underpin the way we work, collaborate
and make decisions. It is fundamental, for
example, that we put the patient first in
everything we do.
Some of the ‘fundamentals’ of our business
relate to product development. The products
we deliver must have unique, customer-
valued benefits – products that not only
improve but transform clinical practice. This
starts with a deep understanding of patient
care and the problems that need solving.
Understanding problems and finding better
solutions requires a consistent commitment
to research and development (R&D), so we
cannot be complacent. During the 2025
financial year, we invested $226.9 million
into R&D.
Medical products must be approved in the
market in order to benefit patients, and
meeting the regulatory requirements in
individual regions happens over time. During
the 2025 financial year, we launched the F&P
Airvo™ 3 and the F&P 950™ System in the
United States, and we increased the adoption
of our anesthesia products, F&P Optiflow
Switch™ and F&P Optiflow Trace™. We also
expanded our portfolio of masks for treating
OSA, launching the F&P Nova Micro™ mask in
April 2024 and the F&P Nova™ Nasal mask in
March 2025. With the introduction of these
products, we are strengthening our position
as leaders in mask innovation.
Clinical evidence
Some of our ‘fundamentals’ apply to clinician
relationships – we seek to work with clinicians
who are the best in their field. Key opinion
leaders not only help us understand problems,
they also evaluate the effectiveness of our
therapies and contribute to the body of clinical
evidence supporting them.
In December 2024, the Journal of the American
Medical Association published the results of the
largest randomised clinical trial comparing the
use of nasal high flow therapy with noninvasive
ventilation. Led by Dr Israel Maia, a leading
critical care physician, the study’s findings
support the use of nasal high flow as a safe and
effective alternative to noninvasive ventilation
in most causes of acute respiratory failure. In
about a third of cases, nasal high flow therapy
was initiated in the emergency department,
showing its usefulness as a first-line or
bridge therapy while clinicians determine the
underlying cause of respiratory failure.
The products we deliver must
have unique, customer-valued
benefits – products that not
only improve but transform
clinical practice. This starts
with a deep understanding of
patient care and the problems
that need solving.
Looking ahead
While we cannot fully anticipate the short-
term challenges, we will continue to rely on the
fundamental principles that have guided this
business for decades. We know that healthcare
systems around the world need to treat more
patients with limited resources. We believe our
products and therapies help them solve that
problem. So, we will focus on doing what’s right
to support our customers and deliver world-
leading healthcare solutions.
I am pleased with our performance this
year, and I am grateful to our people, whose
constant efforts at continuous improvement
made it possible. To our clinical partners,
customers, suppliers, community members
and shareholders, I thank you for your support
and confidence.
Lewis Gradon
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
ContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE BUSINESS YEAR
14Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
15Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
THE
COMPANY
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
16Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a
leading designer, manufacturer and
marketer of products and systems for
use in acute and chronic respiratory
care, surgery and the treatment of
obstructive sleep apnea.
Established in New Zealand in 1969, our
business was built on a vision to emulate the
body’s natural humidification processes. It all
started with Dr Matt Spence, an intensive care
specialist at Auckland Hospital, who noticed
his patients on mechanical breathing machines
were suffering from dry and infected tracheas.
Our company
For help solving the problem, he turned
to Alf Melville, a government electrical
engineer, and Dave O’Hare, a senior engineer
with appliances company Fisher & Paykel
Industries. The three collaborated to find
an innovative solution, and the result was a
prototype humidifier made from a humble
fruit preserving jar, which was then designed
and manufactured by a small team at
Fisher & Paykel Industries.
The first respiratory humidifier was sold in
1970 and was marketed internationally.
By 1990, the medical division of Fisher & Paykel
Industries had been renamed Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare, and its annual sales had grown to
$29 million.
OUR ANNUAL REVENUE MILESTONES (NZ$)
In 2001, the appliances business divested, and
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare became a separate
company listed on the New Zealand and
Australia stock exchanges.
Over time, the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
portfolio has expanded to other clinical
applications, including products for noninvasive
ventilation, high flow therapy, surgery and the
treatment of obstructive sleep apnea.
Our medical devices and technologies help
clinicians deliver the best possible patient care
in over 120 countries worldwide. They enable
patients to transition into less-acute care
settings, recover more quickly and avoid more
serious conditions.
OUR GROWTH OVER THE YEARS
First
respiratory
humidifier
prototype
developed
Medical
division of
F&P Industries
established
New Zealand
headquarters
inaugurated
at East Tāmaki,
Auckland
F&P
Healthcare
separately
listed on NZX
and ASX
10 million
patients treated
with F&P
products this
year
Tijuana, Mexico
manufacturing
facility set up
F&P
products
help fight
COVID-19
pandemic
Land
acquired
for second
NZ campus
in Karaka,
Auckland
Guangzhou,
China
manufacturing
facility
established
22 million
patients treated
with F&P
products this
year
20252019201019981982
500 million+100 million+1 million+1 billion+2 billion+
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
17Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Our culture, values and beliefs
We have a culture of Care by
Design, which is a simple way
of expressing the care and
intentionality we put into
everything we do — our
relationships, our decisions
and our daily interactions with
customers. We believe that if
we focus on delivering what
is best for the patient, we will
be successful.
OUR VALUES
Life
We relentlessly focus on improving
patients’ lives and strive to provide
a high quality of life for our
employees.
Relationships
We care for our patients, customers,
suppliers, shareholders, the
environment and each other.
Internationalism
We are global in people, in
thinking and in behaviours.
Commitment
We value people who are
self-motivated and have a desire
to make a real contribution.
Originality
We encourage original thinking
which leads to the innovative
solutions required to create better
products, processes and practices.
OUR BELIEFS
We believe in doing what is best
for the patient.
We believe the commitment to
doing the right thing is what our
customers will find compelling.
We believe that empathy,
effectiveness and efficiency
are essential to our success.
We believe our people
are our strength.
We believe lessons learned are
the cornerstones of innovation.
We believe in the need to be
relentless in the pursuit of
healthcare innovation.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
18Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
Our R&D is based in New Zealand.
The team works extensively in
hospitals, and with patients and
clinicians, in order to develop better
technology that enhances patient care.
SUPPLY CHAIN
We have distribution centres located
around the world and a network of
distributors. We prioritise sustainable and
cost-effective methods of transportation.
We source materials from all over the
world and look for socially responsible
partners to support our growth.
THERAPIES
The majority of our operating revenue
is from products and systems used
in hospitals in invasive ventilation,
noninvasive ventilation, high flow therapy,
anesthesia and surgery. The remainder is
from products used in home environments
to treat patients suffering from obstructive
sleep apnea and those in need of
respiratory support.
CUSTOMERS
We work with thousands of healthcare
professionals, including doctors, clinicians
and nurses, providing them the products
and tools to deliver the best possible
care. Our products are sold either direct
to customers or through distributors. Our
largest markets by revenue are North
America, Europe and Asia Pacific.
MANUFACTURING
We manufacture our products in
New Zealand, North America and China.
The co-location of engineering, quality,
manufacturing, marketing and clinical
teams facilitates collaboration and an
awareness of the medical device process
from concept and design right through to
how our products are used by patients.
PATIENTS
Each year millions of patients
are treated with our products in
over 120 countries. Seeking to
understand our patients’ needs is
what drives our R&D programme.
The needs of our customers and their
patients drive everything we do.
We call this Care by Design.
How our business works
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
19Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
How we deliver value
OUR INPUTSOUR OUTPUTS
Ageing population | Technology advancement | Healthcare costs increasing | Other external factors
MARKET CONTEXT
Our
people
50+ years
of trusted
relationships
Benefits to
our people
Global
supply
networks
Increased
shareholder
value
Excellence
in R&D
Doubling
our constant
currency
revenue every
5-6 years
A positive
lasting impact
on society
and the
environment
Trusted
brand
Improved
care and
outcomes for
patients
Increased
efficiency
of care
SUSTAINABLE, PROFITABLE GROWTH
We aim to grow our business in a way that is sustainable and profitable over the long term.
OUR PURPOSE
Improving care and
outcomes through inspired
and world-leading
healthcare solutions.
Utilise our expertise
to develop
new therapies
and reduce costs
to healthcare
systems
BETTER PRODUCTS
Continuously strive to
improve our products
GLOBAL REACH
Increase our presence
around the world
CHANGE
CLINICAL PRACTICE
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
20Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
What matters most
Investors and other stakeholders
are increasingly using non-financial
information on other material
topics to make decisions. Those
include trends and risks that could
affect a company’s long-term
value, such as climate change, as
well as the economic and social
impacts of doing business.
OUR STAKEHOLDERS
EMPLOYEESCUSTOMERSINVESTORS
CLINICIANSSUPPLIERSCOMMUNITIES
During the 2024 financial year, we worked with
an independent consultant, thinkstep-anz, to
update and validate our assessment of material
topics. Thinkstep-anz obtained feedback by
conducting surveys with internal and external
stakeholders, including our Board, senior
managers, investors, suppliers, customers and
clinicians. Participants were asked to assess
a selection of material topics and rank their
importance to F&P. We also considered our
unique business risks, the United Nations
Sustainable Development Goals, and feedback
we receive through regular interactions with
customers, clinicians, suppliers and investors.
In this exercise, we added a new material topic:
‘climate-related business risk’, which is defined
as understanding and adapting to impacts that
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare might experience in a
changing climate and transition to a low-carbon
economy.
This resulted in an updated materiality
assessment informed by the principles of the
2021 GRI Sustainability Reporting Standards.
Within this framework, ‘materiality’ differs from
financial and audit interpretations and NZX/ASX
definitions of material information.
The five topics of highest interest were: patient
safety; product quality; employee health, safety
and wellbeing; innovation; and sustainable
financial performance. These are shown in the
upper right quadrant of our materiality matrix.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
21Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Materiality matrix
6.06.57.07.58.08.59.09.510.0
6.0
0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
9.5
10.0
Patient safety
Product quality
Health, safety & wellbeing
Innovation
Employee attraction,
development & retention
Sustainable financial performance
Nurturing our culture
Resilient & ethical supply chain
Intellectual property
Market access
Customer experience
Legal compliance
Labour practices
Corporate governance
Improving public health
Disruptive technologiesCyber security & data protection
Anti-bribery & corruptionEthical research
Diversity & inclusion
Carbon & energyLocal employment
Healthcare demographics
Business continuity planning
Resource eciency
Community
Healthcare waste management
STAKEHOLDER IMPORTANCE
(AS RANKED BY ALL STAKEHOLDERS)
BUSINESS IMPACT
(AS RANKED BY INTERNAL STAKEHOLDERS)
Climate-related business risk
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
22Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Sustainable
development goals
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare supports the
United Nations Sustainable Development
Goals. We have identified three goals
where we believe we can make a positive
difference in order to achieve a more
sustainable future for all. The goals we
are most closely aligned with are Goal 3,
Goal 8 and Goal 12, and our contributions
are outlined in this section.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
23Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
GOAL 3:
Ensure healthy lives and promote wellbeing
for all at all ages
UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution
3.4
By 2030, reduce by one third premature
mortality from non-communicable diseases
through prevention and treatment and
promote mental health and wellbeing.
Mortality rate attributed to cardiovascular
disease, cancer, diabetes or chronic
respiratory disease.
Our Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy is a first-line
treatment for patients suffering from respiratory
disease, including being used both pre-intubation
and post-extubation. More than seven million
patients were treated with our Optiflow therapy
over the past year.
3.6
By 2020, halve the number of global deaths
and injuries from road traffic accidents.
Death rate due to road traffic injuries.Hundreds of millions of people suffer from
obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) globally, and the
associated daytime fatigue creates significant risk
for drivers – there are clinically proven links between
these conditions and traffic accidents. Our range of
OSA masks are used by millions of patients around
the world for a better night’s sleep.
3.7
Achieve universal health coverage, including
financial risk protection, access to quality
essential healthcare services and access
to safe, effective, quality and affordable
essential medicines and vaccines for all.
Coverage of essential health services
(defined as the average coverage of
essential services based on tracer
interventions that include reproductive,
maternal, newborn and child health,
infectious diseases, non-communicable
diseases and service capacity and
access, among the general and the most
disadvantaged population).
The use of our Optiflow™ nasal high flow therapy
has often been shown to reduce the escalation of
patient care, resulting in not only better outcomes
for the patient but also reducing cost and capacity
constraints for healthcare providers.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
24Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
GOAL 8:
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth,
full and productive employment and decent work for all
UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution
8.2
Achieve higher levels of economic
productivity through diversification,
technological upgrading and innovation,
including through a focus on high-value
added and labour-intensive sectors.
Annual growth rate of real GDP per
employed person.
We are a major proponent of research and
development and in the 2025 financial year invested
11% of annual revenue into R&D. We have more than
950 people engaged in clinical research and product
and process development – they are primarily
engineers, scientists and physiologists.
8.3
Promote development-oriented policies that
support productive activities, decent job
creation, entrepreneurship, creativity and
innovation, and encourage the formalization
and growth of micro-, small- and medium-
sized enterprises, including through access
to financial services.
Proportion of informal employment in total
employment, by sector and sex.
We are a significant employer, with a team of
7,440permanent and 95 temporary employees
(as at 31 March 2025). We are an equal opportunity
employer that values workplace diversity. Of our
full-time permanent employees, 55% are women
and 45% are men.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
25Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
GOAL 12:
Ensure sustainable consumption
and production patterns
UN SDG targetUN key indicators Our contribution
12.2
By 2030, achieve the sustainable
management and efficient use of natural
resources.
Material footprint, material footprint per
capita, and material footprint per GDP.
Domestic material consumption, domestic
material consumption per capita, and
domestic material consumption per GDP.
Aligned with the goals of the Paris Agreement to
limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, we have
set science-based targets for our Scope 1 and 2
emissions. We are also working with our suppliers
to set their own targets. We recognise the overall
importance of water and other natural ecosystems.
Across our New Zealand and Mexico sites, we
apply good water stewardship practices such as
rainwater harvesting and closed-loop water systems,
and have established a water re-use plant at our
Tijuana facility.
12.5
By 2030, substantially reduce waste
generation through prevention, reduction,
recycling and reuse.
National recycling rate, tons of material
recycled.
In the 2025 financial year, we diverted 1,694 tonnes
of waste from landfill globally. Our recycling
efficiency rate was 53%. Through our Ecodesign
initiatives, we intend to embed environmental
considerations into product development as a
means of minimising the environmental impacts of
a product throughout its full life cycle.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
26Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Lewis Gradon
Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed 1 April 2016, last re-elected
24 August 2022.
Lewis became Managing Director
and Chief Executive Officer in April
2016. Prior to that, he spent 15 years
as Senior Vice President – Products &
Technology, and six years as General
Manager – Research & Development.
During his 42-year tenure with
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, he has
held various engineering positions
overseeing the development of
our range of products as well the
development of our manufacturing,
quality, intellectual property, supply
chain and clinical research functions.
Bachelor of Science – Physics
Sir Michael Daniell
Non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed November 2001, last
re-elected 28 August 2024.
Mike was Managing Director and Chief
Executive Officer of Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare from 2001 to 2016. He was
General Manager of Fisher & Paykel’s
medical division from 1990 to 2001
and previously held various technical
management and product design roles
within the company. Mike is a director
of Cochlear Limited, Tait International
Limited and the Medical Research
Commercialisation Fund. Sir Michael
was named a Knight Companion of
the New Zealand Order of Merit in
June 2021.
Bachelor of Engineering (Hons)
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Chair, Quality, Safety & Regulatory
Committee
Member, People & Remuneration
Committee
Our Board
Neville Mitchell
Chair and non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed November 2018,
last re-elected 24 August 2022.
Appointed Chair on 28 August 2024.
Neville was Chief Financial Officer
and Company Secretary of Cochlear
Limited between 1995 and 2017.
He is a director of Sonic Healthcare
and Sigma Healthcare, and a former
director of The Board of Tax, South
Eastern Sydney Local Health District,
Osprey Medical and Sirtex Medical.
Previously, he served on the New
South Wales Medical Devices Fund,
was Chairman of the Group of 100,
and Chairman, Standing Committee
(Accounting and Auditing) for the
Australian Securities and Investments
Commission.
Bachelor of Commerce
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Member, Audit & Risk Committee
Member, People &
Remuneration Committee
Member, Quality, Safety &
Regulatory Committee
Mark Cross
Non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed October 2024.
Mark chairs the board of Chorus and
is a director of Xero. He is a board
member of Accident Compensation
Corporation (ACC) and chair of the
ACC Investment Committee. He
is a former chair of Milford Asset
Management and a former director
of Z Energy, Genesis Energy and
Argosy Property. Mark previously
held executive investment banking
positions with Deutsche Bank
and Lloyds Corporate Finance/
Southpac Corporation, where he was
an advisor to companies across a
range of sectors. He is a member of
Chartered Accountants Australia and
New Zealand.
Bachelor of Business Studies –
Accounting and Finance
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Chair, Audit & Risk Committee
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
27Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Pip Greenwood
Non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed June 2017, last re-elected
29 August 2023.
Pip is chair of both Westpac
New Zealand Limited and The a2 Milk
Company Limited. She was previously
a director of Vulcan Steel and Spark
New Zealand and served as a member
of the New Zealand Takeovers Panel
from 2007 to 2011. Pip was a partner
at Russell McVeagh between 2001
and 2019 and served as the firm’s
board chair.
Bachelor of Laws
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Member, Audit & Risk Committee
Member, People & Remuneration
Committee
Dr Cather Simpson
Non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed June 2022, elected
24 August 2022.
Cather is a professor of physics and
chemical sciences at the University of
Auckland, CEO of Orbis Diagnostics
and a partner at Pacific Channel, with
expertise in lasers and photonics. She
is Vice President of the International
Society for Optics and Photonics
(SPIE) and a member of the Academy
Executive Committee of the Royal
Society Te Apārangi. Cather is a co-
founder of three hard-tech start-ups,
including Engender Technologies,
where she served as Chief Science
Officer from 2011 to 2021. She founded
and directed the Photon Factory at the
University of Auckland in 2010.
PhD Medical Sciences, Bachelor of
Arts – Interdisciplinary Studies
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Member, Quality, Safety & Regulatory
Committee
Dr Lisa McIntyre
Non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed October 2021, elected
24 August 2022.
Lisa is a director of The University
of Sydney, Studiosity, Nanosonics
and Baymatob. She has previously
been a director of a range of health
entities, including those in healthcare
insurance, clinical service delivery and
medical research and innovation. Lisa
spent 20 years as a senior strategy
partner with LEK Consulting providing
advice to companies in North America,
Asia and Australia.
PhD Physical Chemistry, Bachelor
of Science – Biochemistry and Pure
Maths
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Chair, People & Remuneration
Committee
Member, Audit & Risk Committee
Graham McLean
Non-executive director
TERM OF OFFICE:
Appointed October 2023, elected
28 August 2024.
Graham is chair of both CleanSpace
Technology and Universal Biosensors.
He previously spent 16 years as an
executive at leading medical device
manufacturer Stryker Corporation,
most recently as President of the
Asia Pacific region situated in Hong
Kong and Singapore. Prior to joining
Stryker, Graham had finance, audit and
commercial positions at Lion Nathan,
McVitie’s and Unilever.
Bachelor of Science – Geography
COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES:
Member, Audit & Risk Committee
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
28Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Lewis Gradon
Managing Director &
Chief Executive Officer
Lewis became Managing
Director & Chief Executive
Officer in April 2016. Prior
to that, he spent 15 years
as Senior Vice President
– Products & Technology,
and six years as General
Manager – Research &
Development. During his
42-year tenure with Fisher &
Paykel Healthcare, he has held
various engineering positions
overseeing the development
of our range of products as
well as the development of
our manufacturing, quality,
intellectual property, supply
chain and clinical research
functions. He received his
Bachelor of Science degree in
physics from the University of
Auckland, New Zealand.
Andy Niccol
Chief Operating Officer
Andy was appointed Chief
Operating Officer in April
2024. Prior to that, he
served as General Manager
– Respiratory Humidification
from October 2020 and
General Manager – Infant
Care from December 2015
to September 2020. Andy
has held a number of roles
spanning research and
development, sales and
global original equipment
manufacturer (OEM)
partnerships, since joining
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
in 2001. Andy received his
Bachelor of Engineering
(Mechanical) degree with
honours from the University
of Auckland, New Zealand.
Justin Callahan
Vice President
– Sales & Marketing
Justin was appointed
Vice President – Sales &
Marketing in April 2024. He
has held several roles in sales
management after joining
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in
Australia in 1988. Justin took
up the mantle as President
– North America in 1996,
delivering significant revenue
and earnings growth in our
largest market during his
tenure. Most recently, Justin
served as President – North
America & Europe.
Lyndal York
Chief Financial Officer
Lyndal was appointed Chief
Financial Officer in March
2019. Before joining Fisher
& Paykel Healthcare, Lyndal
was CFO at Asaleo Care and
prior to this held Head of
Group Finance and Group
Financial Controller roles at
Cochlear in Australia over
an 11-year period. She has
also spent time in the US, as
VP Corporate Accounting
and Reporting at Edwards
Lifesciences. Lyndal is
a member of Chartered
Accountants Australia and
New Zealand and a graduate
of the Australian Institute
of Company Directors. She
received her Bachelor of
Economics degree from
Macquarie University, Australia
and Master of Business
Administration degree from
Pepperdine University in the
United States.
Dr Andrew Somervell
Vice President
– Products & Technology
Andrew was appointed
Vice President – Products
& Technology in April 2016.
Since joining Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare in 2006, he
has held various product
development and operations
management roles, and most
recently was General Manager
– Product Groups. He has
overseen the development
of the OSA product range
and managed research and
development, marketing,
clinical, manufacturing, and
aspects of the supply chain.
Before joining Fisher &
Paykel Healthcare, Andrew
was a Research Fellow at
the University of Auckland,
New Zealand, and holds a
doctorate in physics from the
same university.
Our Executive Management Team
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
29Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Winston Fong
Vice President
– Surgical Technologies
Winston was appointed
Vice President – Surgical
Technologies in February
2017. Winston previously
served as Vice President –
Information & Communication
Technology from 2010
and has held various IT
management, product and
software development, and
systems engineering roles
in the business since 1999.
Winston received his Bachelor
of Engineering degree with
honours in Electronics &
Computer Engineering
from Manukau Institute of
Technology and Master of
Business Administration
degree from the University of
Auckland, New Zealand.
Nicola Talbot
Vice President
– Human Resources
Nicola was appointed
Vice President – Human
Resources in October 2020.
She has more than 20 years
of experience with Fisher
& Paykel Healthcare. She
worked with our International
Sales team for 14 years and
was appointed to the role of
General Manager – Human
Resources (International
Sales) in 2017. She holds a
Bachelor of Management
Studies with honours in
Human Resources and
Marketing from the University
of Waikato, New Zealand.
Brian Schultz
Vice President – Quality,
Safety & Regulatory Affairs
Brian was appointed Vice
President – Quality, Safety
& Regulatory Affairs in 2015.
Brian previously served as
Quality Manager for New
Zealand Manufacturing
since joining the company in
2011. Prior to joining Fisher
& Paykel Healthcare, Brian
held quality management
positions within the medical
device and pharmaceutical
industries in Australia,
Switzerland, United Kingdom
and the United States. He
received his Bachelor of
Science degree from Grand
Valley State University in the
United States.
Nicholas Fourie
Vice President – Information &
Communication Technology
Nicholas was appointed Vice
President – Information &
Communication Technology
in February 2017. Nicholas
has been with Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare since 2007, and
in that time has held various
systems engineering and ICT
management roles, including
his most recent position as
ICT Manager – Development
& Engineering. Prior to joining
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, he
worked for the South African
division of BHP Billiton.
Nicholas holds a Diploma in
Computer Engineering from
Damelin School of Information
Technology in South Africa.
Marcus Driller
Vice President – Corporate
Marcus was appointed Vice
President – Corporate in
February 2019. Marcus joined
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare in
2009 as an in-house lawyer
and since that time has held
several roles in legal, investor
relations and communications
and most recently as General
Manager – Corporate. Prior
to joining the company, he
worked for New Zealand law
firm Russell McVeagh where
he specialised in corporate
and commercial law. Marcus
received his Bachelor of
Commerce and Bachelor
of Laws degrees from the
University of Auckland,
New Zealand.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICESTHE COMPANY
30Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Raelene Leonard
General Counsel & Company
Secretary
Raelene was appointed
General Counsel in March
2019, assumed Company
Secretary responsibilities in
October 2021 and joined the
Executive Management team
in April 2024. She joined
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
in 2016, bringing with her a
wealth of legal experience
gained across Asia Pacific
and Europe. Raelene received
her Bachelor of Laws and
Bachelor of Commerce
degrees from Victoria
University of Wellington,
New Zealand.
Desh Edirisuriya
General Manager – New Zealand
Operations
Desh was appointed General
Manager – New Zealand
Operations and joined the
Executive Management
team in April 2024. He has
been with Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare since 2000. Over
that time, Desh has held
various roles in business
excellence, manufacturing
operations and product
development, including
leading the company’s
response to COVID-19 and
embedding our culture of
continuous improvement.
Most recently, he served
as General Manager – NZ
Manufacturing Operations
& Business Excellence.
Desh holds a Bachelor of
Engineering (Mechanical)
from the University of
Auckland, New Zealand.
Jonti Rhodes
Vice President – Network Design,
Facilities, Infrastructure &
Sustainability
Jonti was appointed Vice
President – Network Design,
Facilities, Infrastructure &
Sustainability in April 2025.
Prior to that, he served as
Vice President – Supply Chain,
Facilities & Sustainability from
April 2022, having joined
the Executive Management
team in 2015. Jonti joined
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
in 2007 as a product design
engineer, and since that time
has held several roles, both in
New Zealand and the United
States. He holds a Bachelor
of Engineering (Mechanical)
from Auckland University of
Technology and a Master of
Business Administration from
the University of Auckland,
New Zealand.
OPERATING
SUSTAINABLY
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment
31Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Our purpose is brought to life by our people
every day. We invest in good people who
want to make a positive lasting impact –
people who value long-term relationships,
innovation and human connections.
In this section we highlight some of the ways
we enable a positive and inclusive culture,
empower our people to keep growing their
knowledge and skills, and provide a safe,
healthy and enjoyable work environment.
This year our commentary focuses mainly
on our largest manufacturing operations
which are in New Zealand and Mexico.
People
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
32Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Talent attraction
Our goal is to be an employer of choice, attracting good people who care
to make a difference and grow with us over the long term. We believe in
giving employees every opportunity to learn, grow and advance toward
their full potential. We seek to build a team of good people doing good
work with intent.
As a global employer in the medical device industry, our talent strategy is
aimed at attracting and retaining good people across a range of business
areas including engineering, technical, clinical, quality, manufacturing,
supply chain, sales and shared services.
Early careers programme
Building our talent pipeline starts with growing our early careers
programme to support our long-term people needs. This involves
recruiting interns and recent university graduates alongside increasing
awareness of science, technology, engineering and mathematics (STEM)
in schools. During the 2025 financial year, we intentionally increased
STEM advocacy by hosting site tours for key high school groups and
participating in specific STEM-based high school careers expos.
Our efforts to recruit interns and graduates this year included participating
in careers events at educational institutions around New Zealand and a
social media campaign across diverse channels to increase awareness of
our brand.
During the 2025 financial year, we took part in 17 careers events,
sponsored three university clubs, and hosted key groups and university
representatives for tours to further strengthen our partnerships.
We welcomed over 170 summer interns and recent graduates across many
areas of our business in New Zealand, and 70% of our graduate roles this
year were filled by previous interns. Eight of our interns joined us through
our partnerships with First Foundation and Pūhoro STEMM Academy.
We continued to make our recruitment process more inclusive, working
closely with our rainbow and neurodiversity employee-led networks
and offering candidates choices of video, audio or text to submit their
applications.
Growing our talent
Our people are well-versed in our ways of working and aligned with our
culture and values, so we encourage internal applications for our vacancies
across the business. This approach provides valuable growth opportunities
for our people and enables them to contribute over the long term.
We also advertise vacancies externally to recruit new employees to the
business. Some roles do require a broader reach to attract specialised
skillsets from overseas markets, particularly at the mid-senior level, with
a background in medical devices. In such cases, we also engage with
top talent overseas and continue to attract highly qualified candidates.
With a strong employer brand and accreditation under the New Zealand
Accredited Employer Work Visa scheme, we successfully source global
talent and support migrants to settle in New Zealand.
In manufacturing, our selection process for assemblers includes
candidates completing a series of technical tasks at our assessment
centres in New Zealand and Mexico.
Sales and distribution is another strategic focus for recruitment, and
we have talent sourcing teams in our regional sales offices focused on
finding the right people to fulfil a variety of local sales, distribution and
operational roles.
Our people engaging with students during the careers expo by
the Engineering Society at the University of Canterbury.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
33Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Retaining our people
Our commitment is to provide our people with ways to learn, develop
and progress their careers, and reward them for their contribution over the
long term. We understand that people’s needs and goals can be different,
and we consider retention activities specific to the needs of our people
and in line with our culture.
In the 2025 financial year, 28% of open roles at our New Zealand
campus were filled by existing employees. Globally, employee turnover
was down compared with the previous financial year, as shown in the
tables on page 44.
Learning and development
Our approach to learning and development is underpinned by a culture
of coaching that enables and supports our people to continuously grow
their knowledge and skills to realise their full potential. Incorporating a
blend of experiential learning, online learning, workshops and self-paced
development activities, we encourage learning for everyone.
This year, our focus was on developing learning experiences for our
people when and where they need to build their capabilities – learning
in the moment. Examples include self-paced learning for coaching,
explainer videos for manufacturing procedures and technical induction
modules for quicker retention and competency. We believe this
contributed to better employee retention and reduced time spent
in traditional classroom environments.
Over the 2025 financial year, our investment in digital technologies
and collaboration with subject matter experts helped us deliver tailored
learning programmes to fulfil technical and business needs. In addition,
we improved efficiency and saved time and resources by digitising
formerly paper-based learning assessments in New Zealand and
bringing them into one platform.
Employee development
We believe in empowering each individual to take ownership of
their learning. Throughout their careers, we provide our people
with opportunities to continue learning and earning qualifications.
Learning options include general workplace skills, digital skills,
technical qualifications, clinical education and formal diplomas and
degrees. One of the initial learning opportunities is our welcome
induction, where new hires gain essential knowledge about our
purpose, values, policies, and requirements
for working in a medical device company.
Below are some highlights from the 2025
financial year.
• We inducted 1,191 new employees and
contractors across our New Zealand
and Mexico campuses.
• Salaried employees in New Zealand,
Mexico and international sales completed
a total of 51,000 hours of formal learning.
• 63 recent graduates in New Zealand
completed our graduate experience
programme, with sessions on our
products and business, networking,
design thinking, teamwork, and diversity,
equity and inclusion.
• 214 Mexico employees completed
cross-skills training across different
manufacturing processes.
LEARNING &
DEVELOPMENT
51K
HOURS OF FORMAL
LEARNING by salaried NZ,
Mexico & global sales people
214
CROSS-SKILLS trained
in Mexico
1,191
NEW STARTERS inducted
in NZ & Mexico
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
34Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Partnerships with
universities
We work with local universities to enable
our people to gain valuable qualifications
relevant to their roles, while continuing
to work.
In New Zealand, we have a long-standing
partnership of over 14 years with the
University of Auckland for their Master
of Medical Engineering degree. The
programme comprises taught papers
and a research project exploring medical
issues and therapies. This year, we
sponsored 11 employees to complete this
degree, and seven of our engineers also
provided teaching services.
In Mexico, we partnered with Tecmilenio
University, CESUN University and CETYS
University, supporting 18 employees
to complete their degrees in industrial
engineering, customs and logistics,
business administration, organisational
psychology and public accounting.
Graduates celebrating their
achievements at our Mexico campus.
Participants learn about our Digital Technology Policy as
part of the digital skills learning programme.
Building digital literacy
As part of our commitment to enabling
our people to contribute over the long
term, we offer a digital skills learning
programme for our manufacturing and
site operations teams in New Zealand.
This customised programme includes
courses on essential office and
collaboration software, data privacy
and security, and our approach to
digital technology.
This programme is an important
element in building cross-functional
capability and our people’s readiness
for a broad range of career pathways.
Participants gain digital competence and
confidence to complement their business
knowledge, and this often encourages
them to progress their careers. Among
the employees who completed the
programme this year, 94% reported
growth in their digital skillset.
Employees in specialised technical areas,
including process engineers, machine operators
and maintenance technicians, received training
to boost their capability in engineering,
maintaining and operating injection moulding
machines in both New Zealand and Mexico.
Some of our people in New Zealand gained
external qualifications in management, electrical
inspection and project management.
Some of our Mexico team members gained
qualifications including the ISO 13485 Lead
Audit certification, and the ECO217 training
certification awarded by the National Council
for the Standardisation and Certification of
Labour Competencies. Several employees also
graduated with high school diplomas completed
through the Open High School programme in
Mexico, which empowers our people to continue
and complete their school education.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
35Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Leadership development
Our leaders play an important role in helping to embed our culture and
our ways of working. To enable this, we invest in developing new and
experienced leaders with coaching, resources and tools delivered through
conversations, classroom-based learning, workshops and online platforms.
Below are some highlights of our efforts in leadership development for
the 2025 financial year:
• In New Zealand more than 600 people accessed customised, formal
leadership learning on topics such as strategy, resilience, courageous
conversations, emotional intelligence and continuous improvement.
• 110 managers and team leaders accessed training developed in-house
on having meaningful conversations to build trusted relationships.
• Leaders in Mexico completed an Executive Coaching certification
course focused on developing leadership competencies and achieving
measurable results.
• We hosted our second annual conference for senior manufacturing
managers, bringing 40 leaders together to discuss coaching, diversity,
equity and inclusion, and continuous improvement.
• We hosted global forums that help senior leaders across our offices
understand and execute our business strategy, embed our culture
and learn from the experiences of their peers.
Performance feedback
Our coaching culture is fundamental to our way of working and helping our
people be better at what they do. Our focus is on leaders and their team
members having regular coaching conversations, in the moment and
throughout the year, to recognise recent successes and provide feedback
on opportunities for improvement. These moments help to unlock solutions,
embed our culture and help our people reach their full potential and
contribute over the long term. These conversations guide decisions on
contribution ratings and assessments, which happen formally once a year.
Rewarding our people
We aim to reward our people fairly based on individual performance and
contribution, the size of their role and the market context. Employee
remuneration is reviewed annually.
In addition to base remuneration, we offer a discretionary profit share scheme
payable every six months. During the 2025 financial year, the total profit share
pool amounted to $15 million and was divided among employees who met the
qualifying criteria.
In New Zealand, Australia, the United States and Canada, we offer an
employee share purchase scheme whereby our people may purchase shares
at a discount. During the 2025 financial year, over 2,600 eligible employees
participated.
In certain countries, additional benefits may include superannuation, health and
life insurance, and the opportunity to receive long-term variable remuneration
in the form of share options, performance share rights or employee share
rights. Read more in the Remuneration section on pages 80-88.
Collective bargaining agreements
Our people have the freedom of association to negotiate work relations
effectively. We support sound collective bargaining practices to help ensure
employees have an equal voice in negotiations and that the outcome is
fair and equitable for everyone. In the 2025 financial year, over 90% of our
New Zealand manufacturing and site operations employees and 61% of
our Mexico manufacturing and site operations employees were covered by
collective bargaining agreements.
In December 2023, Fisher & Paykel Healthcare agreed on a collective
employment agreement with the representative unions in New Zealand. The
agreement is effective for three years. Our Mexico team completed general
collective agreement negotiations with their representative unions in January
2024, and their agreement is also valid for three years. Their pay-related
collective employment agreement was finalised with the unions in January
2025 and this remains valid for a year.
Managers in New Zealand attend a session
on leadership resilience.
600+
LEADERS accessed
formal leadership
learning
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
36Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Diversity, equity and inclusion
To achieve our purpose, we nurture a culture that is collaborative, open,
diverse, honest and inclusive – a place where everyone can find belonging.
Our approach is to embed diversity, equity and inclusion (DEI) into
everything we do by implementing the following fundamentals:
• A global approach encompassing all demographics, identities,
backgrounds and experiences
• High performing teams built with the best possible people, free of bias,
unconscious or otherwise
• An environment where people are empowered to take an active role
in DEI
• A positive and inclusive culture based on trust and respect
• Supporting brighter and healthier communities through care and
collaboration.
We review the effectiveness of our DEI Procedure annually and monitor
our performance against it, reporting to the Board any recommended
changes to our measurable objectives, strategies or the way in which they
are implemented.
In New Zealand, more than 400 of our people participated in DEI-related
events, including 80 who actively supported DEI activities across the
business in the 2025 financial year. We also collected feedback from our
employees, including topics related to inclusion and equity to help inform
our DEI initiatives.
During the 2025 financial year, we made considerable progress toward
our DEI objectives and our key areas of focus are highlighted below.
Elevating role models and career paths for
women in engineering
Our representation of women in engineering manager roles has increased
from 4% to 15% over the last five years. We are pleased with this progress
and are continuing our programmes of work to understand and address
why women are under-represented in senior engineering roles.
During the 2025 financial year, a working group hosted lunch-and-learn
sessions where women in engineering manager roles could connect with
potential role models and learn about their career paths. Attendees said
the sessions were inspiring for their career goals and gave them a stronger
sense of support.
Developing manufacturing leaders in DEI
This year, DEI was a key focus at our annual conference for
senior manufacturing managers in New Zealand operations. Participants
discussed workforce demographics with regard to gender, age and
ethnicity to achieve a better understanding of the diversity of their teams.
The conference included a workshop on leading with inclusion. Leaders
rated the session highly and left with a framework they could use to
develop their skills in inclusive leadership and collaboration.
Developing recruitment practices and
career paths in sales regions
In our sales regions, we enhanced our recruitment practices and developed
more transparent career paths in sales using DEI strategies along with
turnover analysis. In Europe and Australia, we updated our interview
guides to mitigate bias and improve the experience for candidates. In
North America, we identified that women are less likely to apply for senior
sales roles and have started identifying initiatives to remove barriers and
close that gap. In other regions, we have developed career pathways for
sales management roles to help our people understand their options to
progress their careers.
Senior manufacturing managers participated in a workshop on leading with
inclusion at their annual conference in Auckland.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
37Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Strengthening employee-led networks in
New Zealand
At our largest campus in New Zealand, we have several employee-led
networks. Formed around shared identities and experiences, these
communities include Spectra focused on rainbow inclusion, Manaaki
focused on Māori language and culture, WISE focused on women in
science and engineering and ReThink focused on neurodiversity.
This year’s highlights for our employee-led networks included:
• Spectra and the marketing operations team worked together to update
New Zealand email signature templates to enable and encourage the
use of pronouns.
• Marae-based wānanga (learning, discussions and reflection) for
Manaaki and our mana whenua partnerships working group to
learn about Te Tiriti o Waitangi and create a shared vision for Māori
employees. Mana whenua are recognised tribal groups in Auckland.
• WISE hosted workshops on financial empowerment, impostor
phenomenon and breaking barriers.
Menopause Matters was launched this year – another people-led initiative
that shared information and resources about menopause, which were
accessed by over 600 employees. We also held information sessions
on hormones and menopause with our Hei Oranga Hinengaro Mental
Wellbeing Champion Network.
Gender pay equity
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has been reporting on gender pay equity
since 2017. Gender pay equity is about making sure people are paid fairly
regardless of their gender. We continue to monitor this on a regular basis
across our global locations.
Like-for-like gender pay gap
The like-for-like gender pay gap is the difference between the mean pay
of men and women in like-for-like roles, therefore measuring whether men
and women receive equal pay for equal work. ‘Like-for-like’ comparisons
consider the type and size of roles and experience. We include only
salaried roles in our like-for-like gender pay gap as pay rates for our people
covered by a collective agreement are fixed, based on skills and position,
so there is no difference in pay within like-for-like roles.
SALARIED EMPLOYEES
LIKE-FOR-LIKE GENDER PAY GAPFY2024FY2025
New Zealand0.7%0.9%
International regions4.6%4.7%
The data in the table above reflects the like-for-like gender pay gap at a
single point in time. We regularly monitor this metric and take action as
needed to ensure all employees are paid fairly regardless of gender.
Overall gender pay gap – New Zealand
The overall gender pay gap for employees in New Zealand measures the
difference in median pay between men and women. It does not take into
account the nature of the role or the type of work done.
OVERALL GENDER PAY GAPFY2024FY2025
New Zealand36%33%
Our overall gender pay gap is shaped by the composition of our
workforce, and it is influenced by the distribution of men and women
across the business. At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, a higher proportion
of men occupy engineering roles while a higher proportion of women are
employed in manufacturing roles.
The Women in Science and Engineering (WISE) network hosted a learning
workshop on impostor phenomenon at our New Zealand campus.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
38Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Health and safety
Creating healthy and safe ways of working that allow our people to thrive
is at the heart of how we improve the safety of work at F&P. Our approach
to improving the safety of work is to grow leadership, promote employee
engagement and participation, and focus on the risks that matter.
Fundamentals to achieve healthy
and safe ways of working
Our goal is to work safely, effectively and reliably, empowering the people
who do the work to make the right decisions and take action. People
make the safety of work happen. We believe that to influence safety, we
must first influence the work. We have six fundamentals that enable us to
achieve this:
People are the solution: We trust our people to share ideas and come
up with solutions that continuously improve the way their work is done.
Leaders make it possible for work to be done in a healthy and safe way by
empowering their teams.
Health & Safety is more than compliance, it is about care for our
people: The focus shifts from solely meeting compliance requirements to
considerations of what is required to better set people up for successful
work.
Safety is the presence of positives, not the absence of negatives: We aim
to learn from things that go well as much as we learn from when things
don’t. By celebrating success, learning from previous experience, and
sharing what we do across teams and around the world, we can improve
the way work is done, as well as overall work performance.
Simple, effective and efficient tools: We focus on simple, effective and
efficient tools and processes that build capability and guide healthy and
safe work.
Open and enabling work environments: We ensure our people are
encouraged to speak up when they see opportunities for improvement.
Our goal is to provide work environments that allow our people to thrive.
A fit for purpose approach: We create and continuously improve a unique
approach to Health & Safety that aligns with international standards and
fits our needs.
Framework for health and safety
Our global health and safety framework is aligned to ISO 45001
Occupational health and safety. The Quality, Safety & Regulatory
Committee has oversight of our health and safety performance, and we
regularly engage with and report to the full Board on health and safety.
Health and safety initiatives
A Safety of Work (SOW) maturity assessment tool was piloted across our
global operations. This tool focuses on understanding, at an operational
level, leadership capability, operational safety resilience, and the ability
for frontline leaders and employees to adapt and respond to new and
emerging risks experienced daily within their operations.
Six SOW maturity assessments were completed in the 2025 financial year
across our operations in Australia, United States, France and New Zealand.
We intend to refine our approach and embed this tool into our global
operations in a sustainable manner.
In Mexico, we were recertified in the Entornos Laborales Seguros y
Saludables (Safe and Healthy Workplace Environments) programme.
This voluntary programme provides us with preventative strategies and
actions designed to improve the health, safety and wellbeing of our
people. We were also recognised by the government of Mexico for our
participation in the 2024 National Day of Preparedness and Response
to Chemical Emergencies (DINAPREQ).
In Mexico, our teams were recognised for participating in the 2024 National Day of Preparedness
and Response to Chemical Emergencies (DINAPREQ).
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
39Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Health and safety training
In the 2025 financial year, the global Health & Safety team participated
in an Enabling Operational Safety Performance course. This course
increased our team’s capability to support and enable the business
to create healthy and safe ways of working.
We also implemented training for our manufacturing team leaders
and managers on rehabilitation management for employees in
New Zealand. This is designed to empower our leaders to support
their people recovering from illnesses and injuries safely and enable
their return to sustainable work. Our goal is to embed rehabilitation
processes in daily practice and to deliver this training in other
business areas.
Occupational health
The Occupational Health Centres (OHCs) at our New Zealand
and Mexico campuses offer a variety of services, including pre-
and post-employment health checks, preventative physiotherapy
treatments, rehabilitation support, travel and vaccination services,
and health monitoring.
Over the 2025 financial year, the OHCs continued to empower our
leaders to provide support and advice to their people, support with
identifying, preventing and managing work-related injuries and illnesses,
and enable our people to return to work in a timely and cost-effective
manner. In Mexico, we completed medical assessments for 91% of
manufacturing and distribution employees who perform manual
material handling, as part of our ergonomic assessment programme.
At our Tijuana campus, we held multiple health promotion campaigns
during the 2025 financial year for our people. These included clinical
health checks, eye checks, cervical and breast cancer screening and
influenza vaccinations. We organised a Health and Wellness Day for our
employees and their families, which included a sports rally and a two-
kilometre run, as part of our efforts to promote physical activity and
encourage healthy habits.
Health and safety data
INJURY RATES BY YEAR (per million hours worked)
Injury Rates20242025
TRIFR
1
3.373.42
LTIFR
2
2.652.76
1 Total recordable injury frequency rate
2 Lost time injury frequency rate
INJURY RATES (per million hours worked) AND SEVERITY
New Zealand MexicoRest of World
202420252024202520242025
TRIFR6.715.950.000.971.513.30
LTIFR5.474.990.000.970.751.83
Fatality000000
Serious injury000000
Lost time injury32310625
Medical treatment injury330024
Restricted work injury530000
First aid injury163193261591111
Pain and discomfort195241346812
Aligned with our strategy of learning from incidents to improve the safety
of work, we have continued to improve the reporting and classification of
health and safety incidents. This has contributed to an increase in reported
incidents in Mexico.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
40Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Mental health and wellbeing
Our approach to mental health and wellbeing has a deep connection
to our Care by Design culture. We apply a holistic method to promote
positive health and wellbeing outcomes for our people, fostering a work
environment where our people can thrive over the long term. When our
people have good health and wellbeing, they become more resilient to
change and conflict and can contribute more at work.
Mental Health Champion Networks
In the 2025 financial year, we completed the pilot for the Hei Oranga
Hinengaro Mental Health Champion Network in New Zealand
manufacturing. This involved training and supporting selected
employees to become champions in mental health and wellbeing.
These champions are local advocates for facilitating wellbeing
conversations and encouraging our people to use the Employee
Assistance Programme (EAP) and other wellbeing support services.
The network is designed to be informal, authentic and accessible. It is
from our people to our people and serves as another layer of wellbeing
support at work.
The pilot was a success and led to the introduction of two new champion
networks across other business functions. We now have:
• 1:30 ratio of champions trained in mental health first aid to employees
in New Zealand manufacturing
• 256 new employee referrals to EAP from our champions
• 46 wellbeing learning sessions completed by our champions to upskill
on topics such as managing stress, coping with grief, financial literacy
and wellness action plans.
The Mental Health Champion Network’s successful blueprint has paved
the way for future wellbeing initiatives.
Wellbeing support for employees
The Employee Assistance Programme offers counselling and other support
services to all our global employees and their immediate family members.
This is a free and confidential service, providing support through everything
from trauma, grief, managing addiction, financial stress and more.
In New Zealand, we provide Safer Homes leave for employees affected
by family violence and run the InStep programme to help achieve an
alcohol and drug free workplace. We also have trained employees around
the business that our people can contact to discuss any concerns of
harassment and bullying.
During the 2025 financial year in Mexico, we launched ‘Orange Days’
aligned with the United Nations Women’s campaign to eliminate violence
against women. On ‘Orange Day’ each month, we organised information
sessions to promote safe, violence-free lives for women and girls, held
wellness programmes for women and encouraged our people to show
their support by wearing orange, the signature colour of the UN campaign.
Members of our Mental Health Champions Network in New Zealand.
256
NEW EMPLOYEE REFERRALS
to EAP from our champions
1:30
RATIO of champions to
employees in New Zealand
manufacturing
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
41Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Counselling services for mental health needs
At our New Zealand and Mexico campuses, we have psychologists
available at our Occupational Health Centre to provide counselling
for employees.
In Mexico this year, we provided psychological counselling consultations
on site for 250 employees. In addition, we provided off-site assistance to
75 family members with mental health needs through our collaboration
with the Tijuana Mental Health Hospital.
In addition, we signed agreements with local government agencies in
Mexico to provide specialised services in psychological counselling,
gender violence support and addiction treatment for our people. Several
employees were able to receive support through our collaboration with the
Municipal Institute for Women (IMMUJER), which offers care for victims of
violence, the Women’s Justice Center (CEJUM), which offers legal counsel
and complaints services and the Municipal Institute Against Addictions
(IMCAD), which provides psychological and addiction counselling, and the
Human Rights Commission of the State of Baja California (CEDHBC).
Human rights
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare fully supports the principles in the United
Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International
Labour Organisation Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work, including non-discrimination, freedom of association
and collective bargaining, and freedom from forced and child labour.
We seek to uphold human rights in all business activities.
During the 2025 financial year in Mexico, we received the Human Rights
Committed Company Distinction from the Comisión Estatal de los
Derechos Humanos de Baja California (Human Rights Commission of the
State of Baja California or CEDHBC). This was the second time we were
recognised for this voluntary initiative to promote sustainable development
and corporate citizenship through a commitment to human rights and a
platform for learning and exchange of experiences. We were also invited to
participate in the CEDHBC’s first state meeting on best practices in human
rights, where we shared our work and progress in sustaining human rights
with several government organisations and private companies.
Our Mexico facility also received the Verificación Laboral Voluntaria
certification, a voluntary programme that allows workplaces to declare
compliance with local labour regulations.
Workforce composition
The tables below provide insight into the composition of our workforce by
headcount as at 31 March 2025, and into hire rates and retention rates.
People numbers
BY REGION
FY2024FY2025
RegionPermanentTemporaryPermanentTemporary
New Zealand3,474913,77254
Mexico2,265272,34414
Rest of World1,292191,32427
Total7,0311377,44095
BY GENDER
FY2024FY2025
GenderPermanentTemporaryPermanentTemporary
Women3,789814,06750
Men3,205543,32545
Gender diverse8060
Not specified/Prefer not to say292420
Total7,0311377,44095
BY NATURE OF ROLE (full-time and part-time*)
FY2024FY2025
GenderFull-timePart-timeFull-timePart-time
Women3,757324,03235
Men3,185203,30520
Gender diverse8060
Not specified/Prefer not to say281411
Total6,978537,38456
* Does not include temporary employees (casual, fixed-term, temporary, temporary part-time and contract temporary)
due to the changing nature of their hours.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
42Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Leadership by gender
The tables below show gender diversity among our Board members, senior
executives, senior management and all employees as at 31 March 2025.
FY2024FY2025
WomenMenGender
diverse
WomenMenGender
diverse
Board350350
Senior executives
1
3803100
Management
(CEO-2)
2, 4
1646019450
All employees
3, 4
3,7893,20584,0673,3256
FY2024FY2025
Women %Men %Gender
diverse %
Women %Men %Gender
diverse %
Board37.5%62.5%–37.5%62.5%–
Senior executives
1
27.3%72.7%–23.1%76.9%–
Management
(CEO-2)
2, 4
25.4%73.0%–29.2%69.2%–
All employees
3, 4
53.9%45.6%0.1%54.7%44.7%0.1%
1 Senior executives: This refers to all members of the Executive Management team.
2 Management (CEO-2): This includes senior managers who report into the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.
3 Temporary employees are not included in the above numbers.
4 Employees who have not specified their gender are not included in the above numbers.
Leadership by age
The tables below show the age ranges among our Board members, senior
executives, management and all employees as at 31 March 2025.
FY2024FY2025
Under 30
years old
30 – 50
years old
Over 50
years old
Under 30
years old
30 – 50
years old
Over 50
years old
Board008008
Senior executives
1
074085
Management
(CEO-2)
2
1451604420
All employees
3
1,8433,9481,2401,7904,3281,322
FY2024FY2025
% Under 30
years old
% 30 – 50
years old
% Over 50
years old
% Under 30
years old
% 30 – 50
years old
% Over 50
years old
Board––100%––100%
Senior executives
1
–63.6%36.4%–61.5%38.5%
Management
(CEO-2)
2
1.6%72.6%25.8%–68.8%31.2%
All employees
3
26.2%56.2%17.6%24.1%58.2%17.7%
1 Senior executives: This refers to all members of the Executive Management team.
2 Management (CEO-2): This includes senior managers who report into the direct reports of the Chief Executive Officer.
3 Temporary employees are not included in the above numbers.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
43Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Hire rates*
BY REGION
FY2024FY2025
RegionNew employeesHire rateNew employeesHire rate
New Zealand33110%63518%
Mexico76334%38917%
Rest of World21317%21316%
Total1,30719%1,23717%
BY GENDER
FY2024FY2025
GenderNew employeesHire rateNew employeesHire rate
Women83922%73219%
Men45814%48615%
Gender diverse0–113%
Not specified/
Prefer not to say
1031%1856%
Total1,30719%1,23717%
BY AGE GROUP
FY2024FY2025
Age groupNew employeesHire rateNew employeesHire rate
Under 30 years old67035%50829%
30 – 50 years old58215%65216%
Over 50 years old555%776%
Total1,30719%1,23717%
* Hire rate is the number of permanent employees hired divided by total headcount for that region or category.
Employee turnover rates
BY REGION
FY2024FY2025
RegionNumber of leaversTurnover rateNumber of leaversTurnover rate
New Zealand39011%35510%
Mexico47221%46320%
Rest of World17114%16212%
Total1,03315%98014%
BY GENDER
FY2024FY2025
GenderNumber of leaversTurnover rateNumber of leaversTurnover rate
Women54114%54114%
Men48615%43313%
Gender diverse114%113%
Not specified/
Prefer not to say
517%516%
Total1,03315%98014%
BY AGE GROUP
FY2024FY2025
Age groupNumber of leaversTurnover rateNumber of leaversTurnover rate
Under 30 years old41922%38522%
30 – 50 years old52413%46111%
Over 50 years old907%13410%
Total1,03315%98014%
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
SuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentPeople
44Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Suppliers
Our approach is to build trusted long-term
relationships with suppliers whose values
align with ours – who share our commitment
to sustainable, ethical and socially
responsible business practices.
In this section we provide an overview of
our sustainable procurement processes within
our product supply value chain.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
45Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Our approach to
sustainable procurement
Suppliers are a vital link in our product supply
value chain, which begins at the source of raw
materials and ends with a customer providing
patient care. We are committed to building
a supply chain aligned with our approach
to social responsibility and environmental
sustainability. We seek to maximise
opportunities for companies and communities
to thrive, all while promoting safe working
environments and sustainable outcomes.
Operating in a sustainable way depends not
only on what we do, but on the activities of
our supply chain. For that reason, we seek to
purchase goods and services from suppliers
that minimise negative impacts and increase
positive outcomes through sustainable and
ethical business practices.
Our responsible sourcing process includes
selecting and collaborating with suppliers who
align with our values, providing education and
support on relevant standards, and enabling
our people and our suppliers to speak up in
cases of non-compliance.
The raw materials and components we use
to manufacture our products come from
a network of suppliers around the globe.
We manufacture in New Zealand, North
America and China, while raw materials
and components used in manufacturing
come from a network of global suppliers.
A large portion originates from suppliers
in Asia and North America.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
46Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
2,000+
20+
4
TIER 1 SUPPLIERS to New Zealand, Mexico
and China manufacturing sites
Countries
Continents
BASED IN
ACROSS
TIER 1 :
A direct supplier to
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
TIER 2 :
A supplier to one of
our suppliers (sub-supplier)
TIER 3 : A sub-sub supplier
1
2
3
Responsible sourcing
Overview of our supply chain
Canada
United Kingdom
Switzerland
IndiaHong Kong
Malaysia
New Zealand
USA
Mexico
Dominican Republic
Germany
Sweden
Austria
Italy
Turkey
Thailand
Singapore
Taiwan
Japan
Australia
China
Costa Rica
Direct supplier locations
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
47Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Modern slavery risks in our
operations and supply chains
As part of our commitment to do the right
thing, we recognise that we have a role to
play in guarding against and eradicating
modern slavery. We have processes in
place that identify and address modern
slavery risks within our supply chain
and aid our procurement decisions. We
recognise these processes do not eliminate
the risk of modern slavery and continue
to remain focused on raising awareness,
assessing our suppliers, and supporting our
suppliers to address modern slavery risks.
To determine where the biggest risk of
potential modern slavery lies within our
supply chain, we identify the geographical
regions where our suppliers are located
and cross-reference the prevalence of
modern slavery in those regions with the
most recent Global Slavery Index.
While we source globally, a large portion
of the externally procured products and
services for our operations originates from
suppliers in Asia and North America, with
highest-risk categories being electronics
and textiles. We acknowledge that the
highest-risk factors which could potentially
link to modern slavery violations within our
supply chain and operations relate to the
use of forced labour, with particular risks
for migrant workers.
For further details on how we manage
modern slavery risks in our supply
chain as well as our assessment of the
effectiveness of our approach, refer to our
Modern Slavery Statement on our website:
www.fphcare.com.
Sustainable procurement
framework
We are committed to building a supply
chain aligned with our approach to social
responsibility and sustainability. Our approach is
holistic and considers economic, environmental
and social factors.
We have developed a sustainable procurement
framework which is aligned in principle to
ISO 20400 Sustainable Procurement. This
enables us to identify, monitor and address risk
(including modern slavery risk), and provides
the foundation to build a culture of awareness
and knowledge on social and environmental
topics relevant to our supply chain. We use an
integrated enterprise resource planning system
and a strong quality management system to
ensure that our supply chain is transparent and
coordinated across our global network.
We offer a customised Environmental & Social
Responsibility (ESR) engagement programme
for our suppliers. Managed by a specialist
team within our procurement function, this
programme enables our suppliers to align with
our sustainable procurement framework and
fundamentals, Supplier Code of Conduct and
ESR Policy.
Our sustainable procurement framework is
managed by our Supply Chain team, with
our executive management team providing
oversight. The Audit & Risk Committee of the
Board reviews our company’s environmental and
social risk management framework and record
of performance and proposed actions relating
to our sustainable procurement framework.
Fundamentals of our sustainable
procurement framework
The following fundamentals underpin our
sustainable procurement approach, support
management of risk and drive our purchasing
decisions:
• Collaborate with suppliers who align with
our values
• Proactively measure the effectiveness of
our sustainable procurement framework
and continuously improve outcomes
• Use a risk and materiality approach
to prioritise activities
• Learn, educate and support others
to raise standards
• Enable our people and our suppliers
to speak up when they have concerns.
Training
We provide regular training opportunities to
our Supply Chain teams to understand and
apply the fundamentals of our sustainable
procurement approach and framework.
Employees working in Quality, Procurement
and Sourcing receive additional training on
the principles and processes we follow to
manage our supply chain, including our due
diligence and risk assessment and management
processes and procedures.
Understanding ESR impacts in
our supply chain
We complete a supply chain risk assessment
annually based on our knowledge and
understanding of the sustainability impacts
relating to the materials we source, our supply
chain and sourcing countries. We also undertake
specific risk assessment to determine where
the biggest risk of potential modern slavery
lies within our supply chain.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
48Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Through these assessments we identify
potential environmental and social responsibility
risks in our supply chain based on factors
such as geographical location, prevalence of
human rights and modern slavery risk, and
environmental (carbon) impact of materials
sourced. We then apply a sustainable risk-based
approach focusing primarily on:
• Direct suppliers that provide products
or services used in our medical devices or
in the manufacturing of those devices
• Geographical regions where our suppliers
are located where there is a high risk or
prevalence of modern slavery
• Materials or supplier practices that have a
significant impact on our carbon footprint.
Our supplier assessments cover governance,
ethical and legal employment practices, the
eradication of child, forced or compulsory
labour in their supply chain and operations,
and environmental practices.
We use multiple tools including third-party
provided sustainability platforms, desktop
analysis, in-house ESR questionnaires and
surveys and in-person visits. We also contract
with third parties to assist with deep-dive
assessments on the environmental and social
responsibility impacts of our supply chain.
Managing environmental and
social responsibility impacts
We are committed to reviewing our supply chain
on an ongoing basis to assess environmental
and social responsibility impacts. As a large
organisation with a complex supply chain,
we acknowledge that we need to continue
to treat this as a priority.
We apply a sustainable risk-based approach
when managing environmental and social
responsibility impacts.
Using our sustainable procurement framework,
we categorise suppliers based on the level of
their social responsibility and environmental
practices. The categories are:
• Embarking: Suppliers at an early stage
with few – or no – policies focused on
social responsibility and environmental
sustainability.
• Intermediate: Suppliers that have policies
and some internal controls in place covering
social responsibility and environmental
sustainability.
• Proficient: Suppliers that are identifying and
actively working to mitigate modern slavery
risks both within their organisation and also
their supply chain, and proactively improving
environmental sustainability.
• Advanced: Suppliers that have enlisted third-
party verification to assess their modern
slavery processes and risk mitigations and
have set environmental targets.
Incorporating supplier categorisation within
our sustainable risk-based approach enables
us to prioritise our activities with suppliers,
and ensure sustainable and responsible
procurement practices.
We work to proactively measure the
effectiveness of our framework, and thus verify
and validate the environmental, social and
ethical performance of our suppliers. To support
our suppliers and to ensure transparency, our
local teams personally interact with and visit
our suppliers, where possible, to understand
and evaluate their operations. We have on-the-
ground support for suppliers in New Zealand,
Mexico and China, where we have a larger
presence. We have a sustainable procurement
manager based in Hong Kong to support all
suppliers within the Asia region, which we
have identified as having a high potential for
modern slavery.
Where any potential environment or social
responsibility issue has been identified in our
supply chain, our approach is to engage and
collaborate with suppliers to create awareness,
educate and implement remedial measures,
where required. This includes corrective actions
to address the underlying causes of violations
to prevent reoccurrence.
In the event that a supplier does not engage
with us or fails to remediate a material issue, we
would consider appropriate next steps, including
suspending sourcing or supply of services
and/or terminating the relationship.
Collaboration with our
supply chain
A fundamental tenet of our ESR engagement
programme is to collaborate with our supply
chain to continuously improve performance
and raise standards across our global network.
We want to learn from, educate and support
our suppliers to create better environmental
and social responsibility outcomes.
Using the sustainable procurement
categorisation as a baseline for development,
our ESR engagement programme assesses and
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
49Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
supports Embarking and Intermediate suppliers
to progress and achieve a Proficient status.
In addition, our supplier performance scorecard
assesses our suppliers across a range of key
metrics. Over the 2025 financial year, we
included more strategic metrics aligned with
our Environmental & Social Responsibility
Policy into this scorecard. This enables a more
comprehensive rating of suppliers beyond
operational metrics. We plan to roll out the
updated scorecard to suppliers during the
2026 financial year.
Policies and procedures to assist
sustainable procurement
We have a number of policies and procedures
that support our approach to sustainable
procurement. These include our Code
of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct,
Speak Up Procedure, Environmental &
Social Responsibility Policy and Responsible
Minerals Sourcing Procedure.
Code of Conduct
We expect our employees and directors to
maintain high ethical standards. Our Code of
Conduct sets out these standards and covers
a range of areas relevant to legal and ethical
behaviour. These include competing fairly,
health and safety, data protection and privacy,
working with customers and suppliers, sanctions
compliance and combating bribery and
corruption. The Code has been translated into a
number of languages for ease of understanding
and it is included in the induction process for
new employees and directors.
Supplier Code of Conduct
Our Supplier Code of Conduct reflects our
values and expectations for all suppliers,
contractors and consultants who provide goods
or services to us. We seek relationships with
suppliers who share a common commitment to:
• incorporate quality business processes
within their day-to-day operation
• conduct their business ethically and
with integrity
• comply with all laws and regulations
• respect human and employee rights
• promote and maintain a health and safety
culture within their organisation
• design for sustainability
• monitor and minimise any negative impacts
on the environment
• have systems in place to ensure business
continuity, continuous improvement and
protection of intellectual property.
Speak Up Procedure
We have a global Speak Up Procedure
(or whistle-blowing/protected disclosures
procedure) that sets out how employees and
contractors can report potentially unethical
or illegal behaviour or breaches of our Code
of Conduct, without fear of retaliation or
harassment. We have expanded this service so
that it can be used by our suppliers and third-
party contractors to report potential unethical or
illegal behaviour. This process provides greater
clarity across our supply chain and ensures there
can be disclosure by suppliers without reprisals.
Environmental & Social
Responsibility Policy
The intention of our Environmental & Social
Responsibility Policy is to create a positive
lasting impact on society and the environment.
One of the fundamental ways in which we
want to achieve this is through verifying and
validating our environmental, social and ethical
performance, and that of our suppliers. It sets
out that we will collaborate with others to
continuously improve this performance. This
includes building trusted long-term relationships
to create better outcomes for all, as well as
striving to provide a high quality of life for our
employees and support our suppliers to do the
same for their people.
Responsible Minerals Sourcing
Procedure
Our Responsible Minerals Sourcing Procedure
sets out the way Fisher & Paykel Healthcare will
source and use minerals. We understand the
importance of actively mitigating human rights
abuses and other risks related to the extraction
of specific minerals from areas where armed
conflict and human rights abuses may occur.
We work with existing suppliers and monitor
supply chain risks related to conflict minerals
to ensure responsible minerals sourcing.
As part of the ongoing process of due diligence,
we steer our suppliers (and their supply chains)
to source minerals from smelters validated
through the Responsible Minerals Assurance
Process or an alternative equivalent. Our process
for responsible minerals sourcing is consistent
with the OECD Due Diligence Guidance for
Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from
Conflict-Affected and High-Risk Areas.
Commitment to human rights
We fully support the principles in the United
Nations Universal Declaration of Human Rights
and the International Labour Organisation
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and
Rights at Work, including non-discrimination,
freedom of association and collective
bargaining, and freedom from forced and
child labour.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
50Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Supplier Sustainability
events
Partnering with our suppliers is crucial
to verify and validate our environmental,
social and ethical performance and
theirs, so we can continuously improve
this. Over the 2025 financial year, we
hosted two Supplier Sustainability events
following the success of our inaugural
conference last year.
At our New Zealand event, we welcomed
over 50 local and overseas suppliers who
gained insights from our senior leaders
on F&P’s approach to sustainability and
environmental and social governance.
We also held our first-ever supplier
expo, with suppliers showcasing their
sustainable products and initiatives to
the wider business.
This year we also held our first Supplier
Sustainability event in Mexico with 13 of
our local suppliers. They learned more
about our ESR objectives and shared
ideas and opportunities relevant to
their business and the Mexico region.
We also awarded our suppliers for their
valuable contributions to our sustainable
procurement goals.
We hosted our first Supplier Sustainability event at our
Mexico campus in February 2025.
• HOSTED our first Supplier Sustainability
event in Mexico with local suppliers
• INCLUDED a supplier expo
on sustainable products at
our New Zealand Supplier
Sustainability event
• CONDUCTED one-to-one
engagements with 66 suppliers
• UPGRADED 41 suppliers (including
four Tier 2 suppliers) based on our
supplier categorisation criteria
• IDENTIFIED four suppliers with
potential non-compliance with local
labour laws. One supplier remediated
all issues within FY25, working with
three suppliers on development plans
to be completed during FY26
• CONTINUED assessment of
Tier 2 suppliers
• ADDED strategic metrics,
including environmental and social
responsibility, within our supplier
performance scorecard
• ROLL OUT improved supplier
performance scorecard to suppliers
• EMBED visibility of supplier ratings
into supplier material database
• REVIEW and update supplier
agreements with modern slavery
clauses
• COMMENCE roll-out of digital learning
resources to educate suppliers
on topics in our Supplier Code of
Conduct
• CONTINUE mapping multiple tiers of
our supply chain to obtain greater
visibility of key commodities
• CONTINUE developing and measuring
key performance indicators to monitor
effectiveness of our initiatives
Key sustainable procurement
activities in FY25
Future focus
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentSuppliers
51Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity
52Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Community
We believe in providing support to our local
communities and building trusted, long-term
relationships to create better outcomes for
all. This will help us create a positive lasting
impact on society and the environment.
The medical devices and therapies we provide
have a direct impact on improving millions of
people’s lives around the world. Our community
work prioritises funding clinical research,
improving access to healthcare, promoting
science education, and supporting social and
environmental initiatives. We also foster
sustainable partnerships with tāngata
whenua (Māori).
Many of our philanthropic activities in
New Zealand are coordinated and funded by
the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Foundation.
In other countries, our people select and
sponsor local community initiatives that
connect to our purpose.
This section features some of the ways we
seek to build brighter and healthier communities
through care and collaboration.
Students harvesting kai (food) at East Tāmaki School in Auckland.
Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare Foundation
Since its establishment in March 2021, the
purpose of the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Foundation has been to support healthier
communities. It aims to achieve this by
focusing on three key areas – health, education
and environment – supporting people and
organisations that help those who are
underserved and underrepresented.
Foundation initiatives and
highlights
This year, the Foundation made progress on
strengthening its relationships with its partners,
as well as developing a deeper understanding of
how the Foundation can make the most impact
in its focus communities.
In FY25, the Foundation provided $1.4 million
in grants and donations, continued its
partnerships with 11 community-focused
organisations, and leveraged the enthusiasm
of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare employees to
provide volunteer support.
Garden to Table
Garden to Table aims to empower tamariki
(children) to grow, harvest, prepare and share
food while building awareness of individual and
collective responsibility to manaaki te taiao
(care for the environment). It supports schools
throughout the country to take the learning
out of the classroom and into the garden and
the kitchen.
The Foundation has partnered with Garden to
Table since 2022, currently supporting its South
Auckland facilitator and the development of its
Māori cultural resources. In FY25, the Foundation
increased its financial commitment, providing
$224,148 during the course of the financial year.
This ongoing support has enabled Garden to
Table to extend its reach to more schools across
South Auckland and enhance the understanding
of Māori culture and te reo Māori in the context
of growing, harvesting, preparing and sharing
food. In addition, graduates from Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare volunteered to help build garden
beds for a local school in collaboration with
Garden to Table this year.
Pūhoro STEMM Academy
Pūhoro STEMM Academy is an educational
initiative that supports pathways for rangatahi
(young) Māori into high value careers, by
integrating science, technology, engineering,
mathematics (STEM) with mātauranga Māori
(traditional knowledge).
The Foundation has supported Pūhoro since
2022. In FY25, the Foundation renewed its
partnership commitment, committing a total
of $450,000 over a three-year period. The
Foundation’s support funds research to better
understand barriers to rangatahi Māori entering
STEMM education and careers. It also supports
the salary of Pūhoro’s tertiary kaihautū – a
mentor who provides pastoral care to rangatahi
Māori transitioning to tertiary education.
Partners of the Foundation
We partner with community organisations
that are aligned with our purpose of
supporting healthier communities.
Celebrating Pūhoro STEMM Academy’s 2025 summer interns and
their achievements.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity
53Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
University of Auckland Faculty of Engineering
The Foundation partners with the University of Auckland Faculty of
Engineering to support Māori, Pasifika and female rangatahi (youth) into
engineering pathways, through its Apollo programme and Women in
Engineering programme.
Apollo – Māori and Pasifika in Engineering
The Apollo programme is designed to help Māori and Pacific high school
students to enhance their advanced mathematics skills, regardless of their
current proficiency level. This initiative aims to create pathways for Māori
and Pacific students to enter the field of engineering. The programme
offers dedicated, free school holiday maths workshops hosted at the
University of Auckland. Māori and Pacific Year 11 to Year 13 students from
schools across Auckland are invited to attend. In 2022, the Foundation
committed to supporting the Apollo programme for a five-year period
with $50,000 funding per year.
Women in Engineering
The Women in Engineering outreach programme is dedicated to providing
support, advice, encouragement and opportunities to female high school
students who have an interest in engineering.
The Foundation has committed to support the Women in Engineering
programme since 2023, providing funding of $25,000 per year. The
programme includes a variety of outreach activities such as school visits,
STEM expos and recruitment events, all with the goal of increasing the
representation of women pursuing careers in engineering.
Students attend a holiday workshop by the Apollo programme at the University of Auckland
Faculty of Engineering.
High school students at the Women in Engineering programme’s holiday camp.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity
54Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Mana whenua partnerships
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare supports local Māori communities in line with
Te Tiriti o Waitangi (the Treaty of Waitangi) and our intention to create a
positive lasting impact on society and the environment.
During the 2025 financial year, we continued to develop our relationships
with mana whenua partners (recognised Māori tribal groups in Auckland)
for the East Tāmaki and Karaka campuses in Auckland, New Zealand, while
improving our own understanding of how we can work together better.
A deeper understanding
We believe lessons learned are the cornerstones of innovation and lead to
better empathy and care. This includes understanding the complex history
of Aotearoa New Zealand, the ongoing impact of historical actions and
how that manifests in society today. We held two wānanga (learning and
discussion conferences) to gain a deeper understanding of this history and
how it impacts the relationships we want to build with indigenous people.
The first wānanga, with Manaaki (Māori employee-led network), reset the
direction and structure for the group with the aim of developing people
through simple community hui (meetings). The second wānanga, with a
working group of senior leaders and Manaaki representatives, initiated
the work to articulate what we are trying to achieve in our partnerships
with Māori and create the conditions for shared aspirations and
reciprocal benefits.
Following these wānanga, we implemented an online learning programme
on Te Tiriti o Waitangi, available to employees in New Zealand. Feedback
has been very positive, with most attendees wanting to learn more. We will
identify opportunities to provide further learning on this topic to support
our people’s understanding and connection to where they live and work.
Quotes from learners:
Cultural inductions and Karaka campus masterplan
Cultural Values Assessments (CVAs) were completed by three mana
whenua – Ngāti Tamaoho, Ngāti Te Ata and Te Aakitai Waiohua – for the
Karaka campus development during the 2025 financial year. The CVAs
formed part of our planning submission to Auckland Council. Discussions
were also held to align recommendations in each CVA with the Karaka
campus masterplan.
Cultural inductions were also provided to help our teams and contractors
understand the history of the land, environmental issues and how to
ensure the correct protocols to manage archaeological finds made over
the course of the development. We appreciate the time taken by mana
whenua to work with us and provide their knowledge and experience to
help inform this development.
Opening Te Ahunga at East Tāmaki
A formal dawn ceremony was held in January 2025 to bless and name
our new multi-storey car park, marking a key milestone for infrastructure
development at our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand.
Senior leaders, contractors and our people joined mana whenua Ngāi Tai ki
Tāmaki and Ngāti Tamaoho to perform karakia (prayers) and name the car
park Te Ahunga, which means direction, bearing or orientation and aligns
with traditional Māori orientation through landmarks.
Ngāi Tai ki Tāmaki and Ngāti Tamaoho led karakia (prayers) to bless and open the Te Ahunga car park at
our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand.
“ I really appreciate
the perspective that
was taken, the
fact-based
approach.”
“ Now I am encouraged
to find out more and
be brave to engage in
conversations relating
to the Treaty.”
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity
55Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Contributing to Mexico’s communities
In Mexico, we were recognised as a ‘Company of the Future’ by the
Tijuana Economic and Industrial Development Centre for promoting local
investment, development, sustainability and social responsibility.
During the 2025 financial year, our teams in Mexico supported two
orphanages in the community by donating a range of essential items.
Casa Hogar La Gloria, which shelters 42 children, and Casa Paloma, which
looks after 15 children, received a generous supply of canned goods, dairy
products, wholegrains, toys, and items for personal hygiene and cleaning.
Promoting science education is another aspect of how we support
local communities. In March 2025, we donated a decommissioned
compact electrical substation to CENYCA University in Tijuana, providing
engineering students with a practical tool to learn and practise their skills.
Toward the end of 2024, extremely hot, dry weather and strong winds
caused unprecedented wildfires in several areas in the state of Baja
California, including Tijuana where our campus is located. Three of our
employees sadly lost their homes in these fires. Our people rallied to help
these employees and their families by collecting and donating clothing,
furniture, crockery, electronics and construction material.
Global initiatives
Our offices around the world supported several initiatives aimed at helping
their local communities over the course of the 2025 financial year.
F&P Australia ran collection drives for personal health and hygiene items
and donated them to Share the Dignity, an organisation that supports
women affected by homelessness, domestic violence or poverty. The team
also held fundraising events during FY25 in support of local charities such
as Cancer Council Australia and Lort Smith Animal Hospital.
F&P Mexico team collecting donations for the Casa Hogar La Gloria orphanage.
F&P India team helped the children at Kritagyata Trust in Bengaluru decorate special lamps to celebrate
the festival of Diwali.
F&P India made significant donations to Kritagyata Trust and Sparsha
Trust. These not-for-profit organisations provide education, opportunities
and safe environments for underprivileged children, helping them
overcome challenges and build a better future. The team also spent a day
volunteering at children’s charities nationwide, organising art, craft, yoga
and singing sessions and donating school stationery and essential supplies.
F&P United Kingdom and Ireland organised fundraising to support
charities in their communities such as Macmillan Cancer Support
and The Link Foundation which supports vulnerable children.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentCommunity
56Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Product quality
Our products are used to treat millions
of people around the world each year,
so it is essential that our products meet high
quality standards. We continuously strive to
improve our products and the way in which
they are manufactured so that we achieve
the levels of quality and reliability that
patients and caregivers expect.
This section provides an overview of our
framework and processes that help ensure
product quality and patient safety.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality
57Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Single Audit Program with our QMS audited against the requirements of
several global regulatory authorities.
Our QMS and related processes are continuously reviewed for ongoing
improvement. We have processes in place for the regular auditing and
review of the system for ongoing suitability and effectiveness. This
includes the review and audit by notified bodies and regulatory agencies,
to ensure continued compliance.
All of these processes help to ensure that our customers and patients
receive high-quality products that are safe and effective.
Quality and safety throughout the
product life cycle
We develop high-quality products that meet the needs of patients,
clinicians and caregivers. Product requirements are driven by detailed
understanding of user needs. As part of the design process, products
are thoroughly tested and validated to ensure they deliver on those
requirements and meet applicable standards for intended use.
Our quality teams operate as a service to our product and process
development and manufacturing operations teams, which means that
quality controls are built into the design process through collaboration.
We ensure our manufacturing activities produce products that meet
specifications through robust manufacturing technology, processes and
controls. Our global product supply chain is set up to deliver products
that meet customer expectations, through great relationships with
our suppliers, effective inventory and distribution management, and
distribution partners worldwide.
We review real-world customer experience through an extensive post-
market surveillance process to ensure our products continue to deliver
on customer needs and take steps to proactively address potential risks.
The information we gather throughout the product life cycle is also used
to identify improvements to our current and future products.
During the 2025 financial year, we continued our activities in relation to
the voluntary limited recall of Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices, which was
initiated in March 2024.
We also initiated a field action to update the software of a select number of
Airvo 3 devices with specific versions of software. The software update was
in response to certain use cases and ensured the target therapy continues.
We worked with our customers and distributors to update the software.
Our approach to product quality and
patient safety
Our intention is that the quality of our products and processes and our
good relationships with regulators provide a competitive advantage and
enable better outcomes for patients.
The medical device industry is highly regulated worldwide. We strive
to ensure that the quality of the products we distribute meets the
expectations of patients, caregivers and regulatory authorities and
facilitates market acceptance of our products.
We manage product quality with processes that drive continuous
improvement throughout the life cycle of our products. These include:
• verification and validation of product requirements to meet user needs
• proactive quality control mechanisms within our manufacturing
operations
• data collection and statistical analysis to make improvements
• risk mitigation intervention to correct a process before product quality
is compromised
• market surveillance and response processes to ensure continued
product safety and quality for our customers and patients.
The Vice President – Quality, Safety & Regulatory Affairs has executive
accountability for quality and regulatory affairs, and along with the
executive management team, oversees the performance of the Quality
Management System (QMS) to ensure it remains effective and efficient
and continues to improve.
The Quality, Safety & Regulatory Committee exercises oversight of the
QMS and receives regular quality management reports. The Committee
also reviews our quality, health and safety and regulatory risk management
approach and ensures effective mechanisms and internal controls are
in place to identify and manage areas of material risk and maintain
compliance with applicable regulations.
Quality management for products
Our QMS incorporates processes that have an impact on product quality
and regulatory compliance aligned to ISO 14971:2019 Application of
Risk Management to Medical Devices, specific to medical device design
and manufacturing. Our QMS is compliant with ISO 13485:2016 Quality
Management Systems for Medical Devices and meets the requirements
of various international regulations. We participate in the Medical Device
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality
58Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Regulatory clearance for
products
Prior to sales and distribution in any country, our
products are verified and validated to demonstrate
safety and efficacy. Our products and systems comply
with relevant international standards and regulations
and are reviewed and approved by various regulatory
bodies. We work closely and collaboratively with
regulatory authorities to ensure our products and
operations meet their expectations and can enter
and remain in their market.
We proactively engage with regulators in their efforts
to further improve the timely delivery and access
to quality medical devices, such as the Voluntary
Improvement Program and Experiential Learning
Program, organised by the US Food and Drug
Administration (FDA).
We have procedures in place for processes and
activities that have an impact on product quality
and regulatory compliance. These are continuously
improved to ensure our products remain compliant
with applicable regulations, enabling us to sustain
sales in these markets.
Clinical collaboration for
better outcomes
Clinical studies are an essential element in building
confidence in the safety and efficacy of our
products. We support clinical research that validates
improvements in patient outcomes that our products
can deliver. In this context, we work closely with
clinicians and healthcare organisations to support
their studies and identify ways in which our products
can help them provide better healthcare solutions.
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare currently supports over
74 active studies. Such clinical research shows the
impact of industry and healthcare providers working
together to improve patient care and outcomes.
Hospital simulations for better patient care
Understanding the hospital environment is
essential to the way we develop products
and ensure product quality and patient
care. Our research and development
(R&D) teams do this in various ways to
grow their insights into product use.
Our Hospital Simulation Centre in
New Zealand underwent a significant
refurbishment this year, transforming it
into a state-of-the-art facility. Teams can
configure this versatile space to replicate
hospital environments, including neonatal,
pediatric and adult intensive care units,
emergency departments, respiratory
wards and operating theatres. This
supports R&D testing, clinical simulations,
usability and human factors testing,
clinical trials and education across a
range of our products. The Centre also
hosted sessions across the year for new
employees and specific business teams
to learn first-hand how our products are
used in hospital settings.
Our R&D teams visit hospitals regularly
to engage with experienced doctors,
nurses and respiratory care specialists
around the world to understand their
needs and challenges, and to grow their
understanding of care environments
across neonatal, pediatric and adult
specialities. The knowledge gained
contributes to enhancing both product
quality and patient safety.
Some of our products are used to support
patients in the critical and intensive
care units, where it can be challenging
for observers to be present. To help
our people gain practical insights into
these environments, simulations are run
in collaboration with universities and
hospitals. This year, we worked with
critical care specialists to develop training
videos on respiratory care practices to
help our R&D teams better understand the
challenges of product use in the context
of other therapies provided to patients.
Our clinical research teams actively
engage in simulation workshops facilitated
by clinicians at hospitals. They also
conduct product testing at local hospitals
to obtain valuable feedback on usability
and human factors based on their clinical
context and use. These initiatives provide
crucial inputs into product development
with a focus on patient safety and care.
An R&D team attending a clinical
simulation at our Hospital Simulation
Centre in New Zealand.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentProduct quality
59Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management
60Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Risk management
Our approach is to identify and manage
risks within acceptable levels in pursuit
of our long-term strategy. We seek to
improve the quality of our business
decisions by applying a bespoke framework
and aligning with international standards.
In this section we summarise our strategies
to govern and manage business risks that
enable us to continue delivering value to
our stakeholders.
Governance of risk
Our Board is committed to its role of ensuring quality, safety, compliance
and effective risk management. The Board provides oversight of senior
leadership’s management of risk. The Board meets regularly with key risk
management functional leaders and receives regular reports from senior
representatives on material risk and mitigation strategies.
The Audit & Risk Committee reports to and assists the Board by reviewing
and ensuring our business risk management processes (excluding any risks
related to quality, safety and regulatory functions) can provide reliable
information to the Board on the status of major risks that could impact
our business.
Business risk management framework
The objective of our risk management process is to identify, assess,
prioritise and inform decisions to manage uncertainty, both positive and
negative. This is achieved with processes and tools that support high
quality decision-making in complex and uncertain situations.
Our business risk management framework is focused on deriving
competitive advantage through making better judgements and supporting
decision-making in unpredictable environments. The framework is guided
by ISO 31000 Risk Management Principles and Guidelines.
The framework helps to ensure we:
• resolve internally identified risks in compliance with laws and
regulations
• plan, make decisions and prioritise opportunities and threats to
strategic objectives and new product introductions
• respond in a prompt, efficient and effective manner to future events
that create uncertainty or pose a significant risk.
The risk management processes that support this framework are designed
to reflect the dynamics of our business. They begin broadly with an
analysis of the operating environment and then narrow to focus on
strategy, followed by project execution, and lastly specific decisions.
Risk analysis
We carry out risk analyses to support material business decisions.
We involve the relevant stakeholders in these evaluations and
communicate the findings to key decision-makers and management.
When making a decision, carrying out a business activity or approving
an initiative, we apply a range of quantitative risk management techniques
to measure and effectively manage uncertainty.
Business continuity planning
We continue our focus on business continuity planning. Our goal is to
anticipate and plan for potential crises that may cause a significant
disruption to our business and subsequently impact patients, customers,
products and shareholders.
We conduct simulations regularly to provide confidence that our
framework is tested, embedded and continuously improved. During
the 2025 financial year, we conducted a business continuity planning
simulation, which involved a range of teams across our New Zealand,
Mexico and UK businesses focused on maintaining supply of product
following a disruptive event.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management
61Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Data governance
Our intention is to ensure our global digital landscape supports
uninterrupted operations and enables our people to work effectively
and safely. We achieve this by following established procedures to
implement, operate, and secure our digital technologies, collaborating
with external authorities to ensure compliance with regulations, and
maintaining effective safeguards against cyber security and privacy risks.
We promote a culture of shared responsibility, exercising rigour in
selecting digital technologies to maximise investments and complement
our culture. In addition, we proactively assess the performance and
security of our technologies to avoid any adverse effects on our
operations.
Our Information Security Management system, as well as the team,
processes, and technology that support it, helps ensure our people
comply with our Digital Technology Policy. This system aligns with
industry-leading security guidelines and is supported and verified by
expert third parties.
We leverage internal controls and risk management processes within
our enterprise Quality Management System (QMS) to support our
technology systems. This includes an ICT QMS to ensure our data
governance meets strong robust requirements.
New technologies
We enable our people to experiment, learn and innovate by using new
technologies, including artificial intelligence (AI). The integration of new
technologies into our processes, systems and/or products is governed by
our ICT QMS.
When enabling the use of AI, we ensure that our people understand how
to protect our intellectual property, institutional knowledge and data
privacy while respecting the intellectual property rights and data privacy
of others.
Cyber security
We believe that our people are our greatest strength and having a strong
culture of security awareness is essential to ensure the information
we manage is protected. We do this by establishing that security is
everyone’s responsibility and providing data security and awareness
programmes to our global employees, empowering our people with the
knowledge to make the right decisions to keep data safe. Our cyber
awareness programme provides regular training on cyber security risks
and has high levels of engagement across our business.
A dedicated security team identifies and manages cyber security risks,
monitors for abnormal activity, responds to incidents and collaborates
with expert partners. We also conduct regular incident response drills
across multiple areas of the business involving a range of stakeholders
to practise and build our capability. These drills are part of our broader
disaster recovery, business continuity and crisis management processes.
Privacy protection
We are committed to acting ethically and doing the right thing, and care
drives our commitment to privacy. We incorporate privacy principles
into the design of our processes, systems and products that involve the
collection or processing of personal information.
Our Global Privacy Procedure sets out principles that underpin how we
collect or process personal information, including respect and care, data
minimisation, transparency, choice and control (Privacy by Default) and
confidentiality, integrity and accessibility.
Our Privacy team are responsible for the global management of our
privacy policies and procedures. They also provide risk management
support and training and awareness initiatives to educate our people
about their privacy obligations, risks and how to interact with personal
information we collect or process.
Our web-based software application that collects and stores data from
patients’ use of specific Fisher & Paykel Healthcare devices is certified to
ISO 27001 Information Security Management Systems. This application
enables healthcare providers to manage and report on patients’ device
usage and therapy.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management
62Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Material business risks and strategies to mitigate
After completing our annual risk management processes, we have identified key areas of risk for our business and strategies to mitigate them.
AreaDescriptionStrategies to mitigate
Product quality and
patient safety
Patients are harmed as a result of using our
products. This may result in product recalls and
potentially product liability litigation.
We operate a worldwide quality management system related to the design, testing and
manufacture of our products aligned to ISO 13485:2016 Quality Management Systems for Medical
Devices and ISO 14971:2019 Application of Risk Management to Medical Devices. In addition, we
monitor customer experience through post-market surveillance. We are committed to fostering
an organisational attitude of product safety and continuous improvement.
Health and safety Work-related injuries or illnessesOur global health, safety and wellbeing standards are aligned with ISO 45001 Occupational
Health and Safety, with greater emphasis on managing critical risks.
We design and implement preventative and recovery risk controls for critical health and safety
risks across our global business.
Market accessMaintaining regulatory compliance is required to
market and sell our products in certain countries
We have regulatory affairs processes, supported by dedicated teams, that enable us to obtain
and maintain product licenses, as well as a quality management system that ensures compliance
with applicable regulatory requirements. We have monitoring steps in place to evaluate the
effectiveness of our programmes, and our executive management team conducts regular
management reviews.
Intellectual propertyThird parties asserting IP rights against usWe have a comprehensive patent portfolio across our technologies, and we actively and robustly
manage IP litigation risk. As part of our product development phase, we conduct freedom-to-
operate searches during product design. We monitor competitor patent filings and take action as
required.
Sustainable profitable
growth
Financial performance and management, and
governance
Our financial management policy enables the business to continue uninterrupted operations
through financial controls, financial management and financial integrity.
This includes appropriate hedging of currency risk, maintenance of an adequate supply of capital
and financial resources to satisfy the present and future requirements of the business, and
collaboration with applicable regulatory authorities to ensure their expectations are met.
Business continuityContinuity and quality of product supplyWe actively monitor our end-to-end processes and systems through an internal risk management
process and implement actions to prevent disruption. We use business impact analyses to
identify, understand and quantify the impact of a material disruption across the different aspects
of our product supply network, including to a key facility, location, supplier or business process.
This approach enables us to prioritise the most significant potential exposures to the business.
It is also aligned with our crisis planning framework.
Cyber security and data
protection
Cyber security attack resulting in disruption to
operations and data breach
To manage our risk and protect the data entrusted to us, we are constantly reviewing and honing
our risk analysis and control mechanisms to ensure our protections can proactively respond to
developing cyber threats. We continue to use independent reviews to test and identify potential
risks to ensure we focus on the right cyber risks.
For more information on climate-related risks, please refer to our Climate-related Disclosures on pages 94-124.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityGovernanceRemunerationEnvironmentRisk management
63Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Governance
We are committed to ensuring that the
company maintains a high standard of
corporate governance and ethical conduct.
In this section we provide a summary
of our corporate governance framework,
processes and practices that guide our
business and operations.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
64Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Corporate governance
overview
The Board and management of Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare are committed to ensuring that
the company maintains a high standard of
corporate governance and ethical conduct.
The Board regularly reviews and assesses the
company’s governance policies and procedures
to ensure that they provide the direction
and controls which enable us to achieve
sustainable, profitable growth and the trust
of our customers, shareholders, regulators,
suppliers and communities.
The company is listed on both the NZX
and the ASX (Foreign Exempt Listing
category). Corporate governance principles
and guidelines apply in both countries. As
at the date of this report, the company
complies with all of the recommendations
of the NZX Corporate Governance Code
dated 31 January 2025. While the company
has Foreign Exempt Listing on the ASX
and is not required to comply with the ASX
Corporate Governance Council’s Corporate
Governance Principles and Recommendations
4th Edition (ASX Principles), the company
considers its corporate governance practices
and procedures substantially reflect the ASX
Principles. The full content of the company’s
corporate governance policies, practices and
procedures can be found in the corporate
governance section of the company’s website:
www.fphcare.com.
Ethical standards
As a business we are committed to doing
the right thing. It is important to us from a
social responsibility standpoint and is what
our customers, employees and shareholders
find compelling. We ensure we comply with
our legal and ethical obligations throughout
our business operations, from the way we
source materials, design and manufacture
our products, through to selling our products
across the world.
We have policies and procedures in place to
ensure we conduct our business in a legally,
ethically and socially responsible manner.
These policies and procedures are available
on our website, and summary information
with respect to a number of our policies and
procedures can also be found throughout
this section.
Code of Conduct
We expect our employees and directors to
maintain high ethical standards. A Code of
Conduct for the company sets out these
standards.
The Code covers a range of areas relevant
to legal and ethical behaviour, including
competing fairly, health and safety, data
protection and privacy, working with
customers and suppliers, sanctions compliance,
responsible marketing, financial records and
reporting, continuous disclosure and insider
trading, combating bribery and corruption,
and interactions with healthcare professionals.
It also covers matters such as confidentiality,
conflicts of interest and receipt of gifts.
The Code explains how an employee or
director can report an actual or suspected
breach of the Code. Globally, employees
undertake training on our Code of Conduct
as part of our induction process, including
refresher training at least once every three
years. It has been translated into a number of
different languages for our local offices and
we rolled out refresher training on the Code
globally for our employees during the 2024
financial year. The Code of Conduct is available
on our internal intranet and our external
website. New directors are trained on the
Code of Conduct during their induction.
We have an in-house legal team that provides
advice and assistance to the business globally
on how to comply with our various legal
obligations and engage external legal counsel
to assist us as and when required.
We maintain a schedule for regularly reviewing
and updating corporate governance policies
and charters. The Code of Conduct was last
reviewed and updated in March 2024.
Speak Up Procedure
Our global Speak Up Procedure (or whistle-
blowing/protected disclosures procedure)
ensures that employees, contractors and
suppliers know how to report potentially
unethical or illegal behaviour or breaches
of our Code of Conduct, without fear of
retaliation or harassment.
Speak Up reports can be made confidentially
to Speak Up Officers within the company or to
an independent reporting service managed by
Deloitte. Our Speak Up Procedure, including
translations where required, helps ensure that
all employees can be confident that concerns
will be taken seriously and investigated and will
not result in retaliation or other harassment.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
65Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Anti-bribery and
corruption
In the course of our business, we interact
with a wide range of government officials
and private sector individuals and businesses,
including government regulators, inspection
authorities and healthcare professionals.
We do not tolerate bribery, corruption,
kickbacks or other types of improper benefits,
whether committed by our own people or by
anyone we deal with.
Most of the countries in which we operate
have strict anti-bribery and corruption laws
that apply to our interactions with public
officials. Failing to comply with these laws
could have serious consequences for us, both
as individuals and as an organisation. In some
cases, these consequences could include
criminal charges. We have processes in place
for assessing anti-bribery and corruption
risks and we implement measures to mitigate
these risks.
Our Code of Conduct sets out our expectations
for all employees in combating bribery and
corruption. We never offer or accept (or ask
a third party to offer or accept) bribes, illegal
facilitation payments, secret commissions or
kickbacks to or from any person. These rules
apply to all our business activities, including
any interactions we may have with government
officials or with any private person or business,
either locally or overseas.
The Code requires that where we suspect
bribery or corruption, either by our own people
or by any of our suppliers, customers or other
business partners, we report it immediately.
During the year ended 31 March 2025, the
company is not aware of any instances of
corruption or of incidents in which employees
were dismissed or disciplined for corruption.
Policy influence
We are, from time to time, involved in
discussions with various governmental or
regulatory agencies in relation to existing or
proposed legislation. While we are members
of various trade associations, as set out on
pages 173-174 of this report, we prefer to
engage directly with regulatory bodies on
any legislative matters that may relate to our
business. The company has a policy that it
does not make political donations.
Over the last year, we have been working with
New Zealand’s Ministry of Health – Manatū
Hauora and industry associations to provide
expertise in relation to New Zealand’s proposed
Medical Products Bill, as it relates to medical
devices. We have also provided submissions on
the proposed Patents Amendment Bill, which
proposes amendments to the New Zealand
Patents Act 2013.
Interactions with
healthcare professionals
As we are a medical device business, we
must comply with laws and regulations on
interacting with healthcare professionals
in various countries around the world. It is
critical that our activities do not improperly
influence the medical decisions of healthcare
professionals or the purchasing decisions of
entities that buy our products.
Our Interactions with Healthcare Professionals
Procedure ensures that we act ethically and
legally in our interactions with healthcare
professionals, comply with all applicable
laws, and do not provide improper benefits
or inducements to healthcare professionals.
We provide training to employees on this
procedure.
Ethical research
and clinical trials
We have formal procedures in place to ensure
that we adhere to the International Conference
on Harmonisation Good Clinical Practice (GCP)
standards during all clinical investigations we
carry out. GCP standards cover the design,
conduct, recruitment, recording and reporting
of clinical investigations that involve the
participation of human subjects.
Our procedures have also been compiled
based on the ISO 14155:2020 standard for
Clinical investigation of medical devices for
human subjects – Good clinical practice and
the EU Medical Device Regulation.
These procedures are designed to ensure that
the data and reported results of all clinical trials
are credible and accurate and that the rights,
integrity and confidentiality of trial participants
are protected.
Animal research
and testing
We are committed to animal welfare and
believe that animal research and testing should
only be undertaken when there is good reason
to believe the research or testing will enhance
the maintenance or protection of human health.
We apply the principles of Replacement,
Reduction and Refinement to evaluate
whether there is good reason to participate
in or observe animal testing and research.
We sometimes participate in or observe
animal research and testing to assess safety
or biocompatibility and obtain worldwide
regulatory clearances. This includes animal
testing on rabbits, pigs, guinea pigs and mice.
Wherever possible, we look for alternatives
such as in vitro or analytical chemistry testing,
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
66Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
which do not require the use of laboratory
animals. We take great care to minimise the
risk of duplicate testing of our products.
In the limited occasions where animal research
and testing is observed or undertaken, we
ensure that any external third party engaged
to carry out animal research or testing has
appropriate animal welfare accreditations
(such as the Association for Assessment and
Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care
International (AAALAC) or the Ministry for
Primary Industries (NZ)) and that all applicable
portions of study protocols are conducted in
accordance with regulations and guidelines
regarding animal care and welfare.
Sustainable tax strategy
Collecting and paying tax is an important
contribution to the communities in which we
operate. In support of our overall business
strategy and objectives, we pursue a tax
strategy that is principled, transparent and
sustainable.
Our Group’s tax contribution includes paying
corporate income taxes, employment-related
taxes and other taxes that we pay or collect on
behalf of governments. We support the OECD
Business and Industry Advisory Committee
(BIAC) Statement of Tax Principles for
International Business and have endorsed these
principles in our published Group Tax Strategy,
which was last reviewed and approved by our
Board in November 2024.
Our tax strategy sets out our approach to
tax governance and tax management and is
aligned to our conservative approach towards
tax risk. Its primary purpose is to ensure that
we comply with all of our tax obligations,
undertake all transactions with a business
purpose considering all of our stakeholders,
and have an open and transparent relationship
with tax authorities.
Our business model is centred in New Zealand,
and the majority of our taxes are paid in
New Zealand. Most of our manufacturing
activities and tangible assets are located in
Auckland. All of our R&D is performed in
New Zealand, and the associated intellectual
property is owned in New Zealand as well.
The Board
The Board plays a vital role in overseeing our
strategic direction. Strong governance from a
diverse and experienced Board ensures we can
achieve our aims of improving patient care and
outcomes through inspired and world-leading
healthcare solutions, thereby sustainably
increasing shareholder value.
The biography of each Board member,
including each director’s skills, experience,
expertise and term of office, is set out in the
section, Our Board.
Role of the Board
The Board is ultimately responsible for
our strategic direction. The specific roles
and responsibilities of the Board, and the
Board’s procedures, are set out in detail in
our Board Charter, available on our website:
www.fphcare.com. In summary, the Board is
elected by our shareholders to:
• approve the company’s business strategies
and objectives
• oversee management in its implementation
of the company’s strategic objectives,
instilling of the company’s values and
performance generally
• review and approve budgets and business
plans
• approve our remuneration policy and other
policies and procedures governing the way
we operate our business
• provide governance of internal decision-
making and management.
The Board delegates management of the
day-to-day affairs and responsibilities of
the company to the CEO and executive
management to deliver the strategic direction
and goals approved by the Board. The
specific responsibilities delegated to executive
management are recorded in the Board Charter.
The Board regularly reviews and assesses our
governance structures, policies and procedures
to ensure these meet all legal requirements and
ensure we maintain the trust of our customers,
suppliers and communities. The Board Charter
was last updated on 27 September 2024.
Nomination and appointment
of directors
The number of directors is determined by
the Board, in accordance with the company’s
constitution. The constitution requires that
there are at least four directors, and no more
than nine directors, and governs the process
for the appointment and removal of directors.
A director is appointed by ordinary resolution
of the shareholders, although the Board may fill
a casual vacancy.
Under the NZX Listing Rules, a director must
not hold office (without re-election) past the
third annual meeting following the director’s
appointment or three years, whichever is
longer. A director appointed by the Board must
not hold office (without re-election) past the
next annual meeting following the director’s
appointment.
When searching for and nominating candidates
to act as a director, the People & Remuneration
Committee takes into account such factors
as it deems appropriate, including diversity
of background (considering factors such
as gender, ethnicity, cultural background,
sexual orientation and age), experience and
qualifications of the candidate, independence
and the Board skills matrix. The Committee
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
67Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
may use external search firms to assist with
locating possible candidates and gathering
relevant information.
When considering the re-election of an existing
director, the People & Remuneration Committee
will also consider the length of service of the
director, and the director’s performance on
the Board to date. It is the Board’s general
expectation that a non-executive director
will hold office for an aggregate period of
approximately nine years (including re-
elections), though there may be circumstances
when it will be appropriate for directors to have
tenures shorter or longer than this.
We undertake a number of checks before
appointing a director and putting forward
to shareholders a candidate for election as a
director. We ensure shareholders are provided
with all relevant information to inform their
decision on whether to elect or re-elect a
director.
At the annual shareholders’ meeting (ASM)
on 28 August 2024, Michael Daniell retired by
rotation and being eligible, offered himself for
re-election and was re-elected to the Board. At
the ASM, Graham McLean also offered himself
for election as a director and was elected to
the Board.
At the ASM, Scott St John retired from the
Board, and the Board elected Neville Mitchell to
succeed Scott as the new Chair of the Board.
In August 2024, the company announced the
appointment of Mark Cross as a new addition
to the Board. Mark joined the Board on 1
October 2024, to fill the vacancy on the Board
left by Scott St John’s retirement.
More details relating to the nomination and
appointment of directors are outlined in the
Procedure for Selection and Appointment
of Directors available on our website:
www.fphcare.com.
Board diversity and skills
A diverse Board allows the company to benefit
from a range of different perspectives, which
leads to healthier debate and decision-making.
As we operate in specialised international
markets, the Board believes that it is important
to have a Board consisting of members with
diverse backgrounds, experience and skills.
The Board has set itself a gender diversity
objective to have not less than 30% of its
directors being male and not less than 30% of
its directors being female. As at 31 March 2025,
37% of the company’s directors are female. The
Board also believes that the tenure of each of
its members is important as it seeks to balance
independent, institutional knowledge gained
through length of service and the importance
of fresh perspectives in decision-making.
The table above summarises the current key
skills, experience and tenure of the Board.
Skills and experience
Neville
Mitchell
Lewis
Gradon
Mark
Cross
Michael
Daniell*
Pip
Greenwood
Lisa
McIntyre
Graham
McLean
Cather
Simpson
Financial acumen
✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓
Sales/Marketing
✓✓✓✓✓✓✓
Engineering/
Science/Technology/
Manufacturing
✓✓✓✓✓✓
Medicine/Medical
Device
✓✓✓✓✓✓
Legal/Regulatory
✓✓✓✓✓
Governance
✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓
International
Business Experience
✓✓✓✓✓✓✓✓
Tenure (years)6.590.523.583.51.53
* Michael Daniell was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 April 2016 following his retirement as Managing Director and Chief
Executive Officer.
Written agreements with
directors
Upon appointment, non-executive directors
are issued a letter setting out the terms and
conditions of their appointment. This includes
information about their role and duties,
time commitments, term of appointment,
remuneration and insurance, access to
information, and disclosure and compliance
obligations. A copy of the standard form
of this letter is available on our website:
www.fphcare.com. The Chief Executive Officer
has an employment agreement setting out his
role and conditions of employment. Further
information about the remuneration of directors
is set out in the Remuneration section of
this report.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
68Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Directors’ and officers’ insurance
and indemnity
The Group has arranged, as provided for
under the company’s constitution, policies of
directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which,
with a Deed of Indemnity entered into with all
directors, ensure that generally directors will
incur no monetary loss as a result of actions
undertaken by them as directors. Certain
actions are specifically excluded, for example,
the incurring of penalties and fines which may
be imposed in respect of breaches of the law.
Independence of directors
We are committed to ensuring that a majority
of directors are independent of the company,
and do not have any interests, positions,
associations or relationships which might
interfere, or might be seen to interfere, with
their ability to bring independent judgement to
the issues before the Board.
The Board has regard to a number of
factors, including those described in the
NZX Corporate Governance Code, when
assessing the independence of directors. After
consideration of these factors, the company is
of the view that:
1. Lewis Gradon is a director who is currently
employed in an executive role by the
company.
2. Michael Daniell is a director who was
employed in an executive role by the
company until 31 March 2016.
3. No non-executive director is currently
deriving, nor has derived within the last
12 months, a substantial portion of their
annual revenue from the company.
4. No director currently holds, nor has held
within the last 12 months, a senior role in a
provider of material professional services to
the company or any of its subsidiaries.
5. No director is currently, nor was within the
last three years, employed by the external
auditor to the company or any of its
subsidiaries.
6. No director currently has, nor has had
within the last three years, a material
business relationship (such as a supplier or
customer) with the company or any of its
subsidiaries.
7. No director is a substantial shareholder of
the company, nor a senior manager of, nor
otherwise associated with, a substantial
shareholder of the company.
8. No director has, or has had within the
last three years, a material contractual
relationship with the company or another
Group member other than as a director of
the company.
9. No director has close family ties or personal
relationships (including close social or
business connections) with anyone in the
categories listed in point 6.
10. Other than Michael Daniell, no director
has held the position of director of the
company for a period of 12 years or more.
Based on these assessments, the Board
considers that, as at 31 March 2025, a majority
(six) of the directors are independent, namely
Neville Mitchell (Board Chair), Mark Cross, Pip
Greenwood, Lisa McIntyre, Graham McLean
and Cather Simpson, and that Michael Daniell
and Lewis Gradon are not independent.
Induction and continuing
development of directors
A formal induction programme is provided
to new directors to ensure that they have
a working knowledge of our business. The
programme includes one-on-one meetings
with management and a tour of our R&D
and manufacturing facilities. All directors are
regularly updated on relevant industry and
company issues. From time to time, the Board
may also undertake educational trips to receive
briefings from customers and visit operations
of the company outside of New Zealand. There
is an ongoing programme of presentations to
the Board by all business units.
All directors are members of the Institute of
Directors (or overseas equivalent) and attend
training sessions to remain current on their
duties as directors. The company also arranges
training for directors and management on
specific issues as the need arises.
Board performance
We have a Performance Evaluation Procedure
which relates to the performance of the Board,
the Board Committees and individual directors.
The Performance Evaluation Procedure is
available on our website: www.fphcare.com.
The Procedure, in accordance with the Board
Charter, requires the Board to undertake a two-
yearly performance evaluation of itself that:
• compares the performance of the Board
with the requirements of the Board Charter
• reviews the performance of the Board
Committees and individual directors
• effects any improvements to the Board
Charter deemed necessary or appropriate.
An external consulting company facilitated
the Board’s performance evaluation between
May and August 2022, surveying Board and
executive management on a range of items
including strategy and planning, company
oversight, engagement with management,
stakeholder engagement, board culture,
capability, and succession planning.
In 2024 it was agreed that given the Board
had appointed a new Chair, the performance
evaluation for 2024 would be conducted by
the Chair of the Board engaging in one-on-
one discussions with individual directors and
implementing any required changes.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
69Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Our executive management are also subject to
regular performance and contribution reviews,
which occurred during the 2025 financial
year. The performance and contribution of
senior executives is reviewed regularly through
ongoing discussions with the CEO.
Board committees
The Board has three permanent committees
which support the Board by working with
management on relevant issues at a suitably
detailed level and then report back to the
Board. Committees and their members as at
31 March 2025 are:
Audit & Risk Committee
Members: Mark Cross (Chair), Graham McLean,
Lisa McIntyre, Pip Greenwood and Neville
Mitchell.
All members are independent non-executive
directors.
People & Remuneration Committee
Members: Lisa McIntyre (Chair), Michael Daniell,
Pip Greenwood and Neville Mitchell.
All members are non-executive directors,
and three of the four members (including the
Chair) are independent.
Quality, Safety &
Regulatory Committee
Members: Michael Daniell (Chair), Cather
Simpson and Neville Mitchell.
All members are non-executive directors, and
two of the three members are independent.
Each Committee has a charter setting out
its objectives, procedures, composition and
responsibilities. A summary is set out on the
right, and copies of these charters are available
on our website: www.fphcare.com.
The Board may from time-to-time establish
other committees for specific purposes.
About the Audit & Risk Committee
The primary function of the Audit & Risk
Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its
responsibilities relating to the company’s risk
management and internal control framework,
the integrity of its financial reporting, and
the company’s internal and external auditing
processes and activities. The Committee
also assists the Board in monitoring and
reporting the company’s strategies, activities
and performance regarding sustainability,
social responsibility and the environment.
The Committee has an annual work plan
and reports to the Board, which enables it
to properly and regularly inform the Board
on significant financial matters relating to
the company.
Employees and external auditors are invited
to attend meetings when it is considered
appropriate by the Committee. At least
once per year, the Committee meets with
the auditors without any representatives of
management present and is encouraged to
seek advice from external consultants or
specialists where the Committee considers
that necessary or desirable.
The Audit & Risk Committee closely monitors
financial reporting risks in relation to the
preparation of the financial statements.
The Committee, with the assistance of
management, works to ensure that the
financial statements are founded on a sound
system of risk management and internal
control and that the system is operating
effectively in all material respects in relation to
financial reporting risks. As part of this process,
before the company’s financial statements
are approved, the CEO and CFO are required
to state in writing to the Board that, to the
best of their knowledge, the company’s
financial reports present a true and fair view
of the company’s financial condition and
operational results and are in accordance with
the relevant accounting standards, and those
reports are founded on a sound system of risk
management and internal control which is
operating effectively.
About the People &
Remuneration Committee
The People & Remuneration Committee’s role
is to oversee and regulate remuneration and
organisation matters of the company, including
reviewing and monitoring the company’s
human resources strategy, reviewing
remuneration and benefits policies, monitoring
company performance against the Diversity,
Equity & Inclusion Procedure, and reviewing
performance objectives and remuneration of
the company’s Chief Executive Officer and
senior executives. It also seeks advice on and
recommends director remuneration structure
and recommends director appointments and
director succession planning to the Board,
aiming to ensure there is a range of skills,
experience and diversity represented on
the Board.
About the Quality, Safety &
Regulatory Committee
The objective of the Quality, Safety &
Regulatory Committee is to assist the
Board in fulfilling its responsibilities relating
to the oversight of the company’s quality
management system and health and safety risk
management system. As part of the company’s
internal audit function, regular quality system-
specific internal audit reports are received by
the Committee.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
70Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
For more details on our internal audit
processes and our quality management
system, refer to page 58 of this report.
Board and committee meetings
Normally, the Board holds eight formal
meetings a year. One of those meetings is
typically focused on reviewing the company’s
annual business plan and budget, and at a
separate meeting the long-term strategic plan
is considered. The Board also meets with senior
executives to consider matters of strategic
importance. At the company’s ASM held on
28 August 2024, all the then-serving directors
were in attendance.
Committees generally meet three or four
times per year, or as required to carry out
their responsibilities, and report to the
Board following each meeting.
Details of attendance at Board and Committee
meetings during the year ended 31 March 2025
are set out in the table below.
Takeover Response
The Board has adopted a Takeover Response
Procedure to assist the directors and
management with the response to unexpected
takeover activity. The procedure summarises
key aspects of takeover preparation, and sets
out governance, conflict and communications
protocols for a takeover response. This
procedure provides that in the event of a
takeover offer, the Board would establish
an Independent Takeover Response Committee
to manage its takeover response obligations.
Company Secretary
The Company Secretary is Raelene Leonard,
General Counsel. The Company Secretary
is responsible for supporting the proper
functioning of the Board and ensuring the
appropriate policies and procedures are
followed. The Company Secretary reports
directly to the Board, through the Chair, on
all governance matters as outlined in the
Board Charter.
Disclosure of interests by
directors
Directors’ certificates to cover entries in the
company’s interests register in respect of
remuneration, insurance, indemnities, dealing in
the company’s shares, and other interests have
been disclosed as required by the Companies
Act 1993.
Directors’ shareholdings
Directors held interests in the following
ordinary shares in the company as at
31 March 2025:
NameOwnershipOrdinary shares
Neville MitchellBeneficial7,445
Lewis Gradon
1
Beneficial574,165
Mark CrossBeneficial4,000
Michael DaniellBeneficial900,168
Pip GreenwoodBeneficial3,800
Lisa McIntyreBeneficial13,564
Graham McLeanBeneficial2,900
Cather SimpsonBeneficial1,950
1 Lewis Gradon also had a beneficial interest in 470,992 options issued
under the company’s share option plans and a beneficial interest in 159,726
performance share rights under the company’s PSR plans.
Board
Committees
Audit & RiskPeople & RemunerationQuality, Safety & Regulatory
Eligible
to attend
3
Attended
Eligible
to attend
3
Attended
Eligible
to attend
3
Attended
Eligible
to attend
3
Attended
Scott St John
1
332211
Neville Mitchell
4
88443333
Lewis Gradon88
Mark Cross
2
4422
Michael Daniell885533
Pip Greenwood884455
Lisa McIntyre884455
Graham McLean
4
8844
Cather Simpson
4
8833
1 Scott St John retired from the Board partway through the financial year in August 2024.
2 Mark Cross joined the Board partway through the financial year in October 2024.
3 The number of Board and Committee meetings listed above does not include unscheduled Board and Committee conference calls which were held throughout
the year.
4 Neville Mitchell (prior to his appointment as Chair), Graham McLean and Cather Simpson attended additional Committee meetings each as an ‘optional’ attendee.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
71Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Share dealings by directors
In accordance with the Companies Act 1993 and the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013, the Board has received disclosures from the directors
named below of acquisitions or dispositions of relevant interests (as
defined in the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013) in the company
between 1 April 2024 and 31 March 2025, and details of those dealings
were entered in the company’s interests register.
NameTransactionNumber
of shares
Price per share
(NZD unless
otherwise stated)
Date
Neville MitchellPurchase of shares
under DRP
60$28.970510 July 2024
Lewis GradonShare issue upon
exercise of 25,761
PSRs
25,761–5 September 2024
Sale of shares28,000$37.36505 September 2024
Granted 85,480
Options
––11 September 2024
Granted 31,549
PSRs
––11 September 2024
Share issue upon
exercise of 43,848
PSRs
43,848–13 September 2024
Sale of shares46,000$38.484313 September 2024
Employee share
scheme offer
71$28.111610 March 2025
Lisa McIntyrePurchase of shares
under DRP
109$28.970510 July 2024
Graham McLeanPurchase of shares1,100AU$28.660021 June 2024
Purchase of shares800AU$34.91512 September 2024
Purchase of shares1,000AU$32.300017 February 2025
Cather SimpsonPurchase of shares700$36.650024 September 2024
General disclosure of interests by directors
In accordance with section 140(2) of the Companies Act 1993, the
directors named below have made a general disclosure of interests by
a general notice disclosed to the Board and entered in the company’s
interests register.
General notices given by directors which remain current as at 31 March
2025 are as follows:
NameEntityRelationship
Neville MitchellSigma Healthcare Limited
Sonic Healthcare Limited
Director
Lewis GradonOther Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Group
entities listed in the ‘Group structure’ section
of this Report
Director
Mark CrossChorus Limited
Accident Compensation Corporation Board
Investment Committee
Chair
Xero Limited
Kinaroad Holdings Limited
Director
Accident Compensation CorporationBoard Member
Michael DaniellCochlear Limited
MRCF IIF GP Pty Limited
MRCF Pty Limited
Tait International Limited
Tait Limited
Director
Pip GreenwoodThe a2 Milk Company Limited
Westpac New Zealand Limited
Chair
Lisa McIntyreBaymatob Pty Limited
Nanosonics Limited
Studiosity Pty Limited
University of Sydney
Director
Graham McLeanUniversal Biosensors International
CleanSpace Holdings Limited
Suicide Prevention Australia
Chair
Cather SimpsonAdvemto LimitedChair
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
72Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
NameEntityRelationship
Dewpoint Innovations Limited
Orbis Diagnostics Limited
Director
SPIE The International Society for Optics and
Photonics
Vice President
Orbis Diagnostics LimitedCEO
Dodd-Walls Centre for Photonic and Quantum
Technologies
Governance Board
Pacific Channel Fund IIPartner
Academy Executive Committee of the Royal
Society Te Apārangi
International Council of Academies of
Engineering and Technological Sciences
Paihau – Robinson Research Institute Advisory
Board
Member
Luminoma Diagnostics LimitedFounder / Director
Commission 17 of the International Union of
Pure and Applied Physics
Vice-Chair
Reporting and disclosure
We are committed to the promotion of investor confidence by ensuring
that the trading of our shares takes place in an efficient, competitive
and informed market. We believe that evenly balanced disclosure is
fundamental to building shareholder value and earning the trust of
employees, customers, suppliers, communities and shareholders.
Continuous disclosure
Our Market Disclosure Procedure establishes our procedures for
meeting our continuous disclosure obligations and is available on our
website: www.fphcare.com. This Procedure explains the respective
roles of directors, officers and employees in complying with continuous
disclosure obligations, confidentiality of information, external
communications with analysts and shareholders, and responding to
rumours and market speculation.
The Disclosure Committee, comprising the CEO, CFO, VP – Corporate
and General Counsel, and the Disclosure Officer, being the VP –
Corporate or alternatively the General Counsel, are responsible for
administering compliance with our Market Disclosure Procedure,
including continuous disclosure obligations. Market disclosure requires
the approval of either the Board or the Disclosure Committee, depending
on the circumstances. The Market Disclosure Procedure was last updated
on 27 March 2024.
Company policies
We have policies and procedures in place to ensure we conduct our
business with integrity, and in a legally, ethically and socially responsible
manner. Key governance documents including our Board and Committee
Charters, Corporate Governance Policy, Code of Conduct, Diversity, Equity
& Inclusion Procedure, Health & Safety Procedure, Market Disclosure
Procedure, Remuneration Procedure (Summary) and Securities Trading
Procedure are all available on our website: www.fphcare.com.
Financial reporting
We are committed to reporting our financial information in an objective,
balanced and clear manner. Financial results are reported in this annual
report in accordance with the New Zealand equivalent of International
Financial Reporting Standards. This annual report includes detailed
financial commentary and notes to the financial statements which explain
any changes to financial reporting.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
73Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
This annual report also includes comments from the Chair and CEO on
strategic progress, performance during the year and progress towards
our strategic objectives. It explains how we deliver value for shareholders
and how key performance indicators, such as revenue, profit, constant
currency information, dividend growth and gearing, are used to link
results to our strategy.
We ensure that financial information reported in investor presentations,
company overviews and other documents is portrayed in an accurate,
fair and understandable format.
Other reporting
We are committed to transparent reporting of non-financial objectives,
such as environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors, as well as
risk, health and safety, and business strategy. Our annual report references
the guidelines and principles set out by the Global Reporting Initiative
(GRI) and includes a GRI-referenced content index which can be found
at the end of this report. This report also contains our Climate-related
Disclosures in accordance with the External Reporting Board’s Aotearoa
New Zealand Climate Standards, which can be found on pages 94-124.
Shareholder and
company information
The company has in place an investor relations programme to facilitate
effective two-way communication with investors. We aim to build
strong relationships with our shareholders and investors based on
integrity, transparency and trust. Our intention is to provide shareholders
with all relevant information about the company to enable them to
actively engage with us and exercise their rights as shareholders in an
informed manner.
Shareholder communications
Our Shareholder Communications Procedure facilitates communication
with shareholders through written and electronic means, and by
facilitating shareholder access to directors, executive management and
our auditors. A copy of our Shareholder Communications Procedure is
available on our website: www.fphcare.com.
We communicate with shareholders through the following channels:
• investor section of our website
• annual report
• interim report
• annual shareholders’ meeting (ASM)
• webcasts
• regular disclosures on company performance and news
• disclosure of presentations provided to analysts and investors during
regular briefings, meetings and roadshows.
Our website
Our website is a core component of our shareholder communications.
We include on our website a range of information relevant to shareholders
and others concerning the operation of the company.
We make available a webcast of our ASM and management presentations
of financial results. Webcast details are published on the NZX and ASX
before the event so that shareholders and other interested parties
may participate.
We encourage shareholders to receive their shareholder communications
electronically to help reduce our environmental footprint and costs.
Direct communication
Shareholders may, at any time, direct questions or requests for information
to directors or management through our website or by contacting the
relevant officer in charge of investor relations. These contact details are
available on our website: www.fphcare.com.
We have a comprehensive communication framework in place so
shareholders can receive communications in a manner that best suits
them. We provide shareholders with the option to receive communications
from, and send communications to, us and our share registrar
electronically. We offer shareholders the ability to attend our ASM in
person or digitally, including the option to ask questions through a virtual
tool, and to vote electronically.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
74Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
ASM and shareholder voting
Our next ASM will be held online at www.virtualmeeting.co.nz/FPH25 and
in person at our East Tāmaki campus in the Daniell Building, 15 Maurice
Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland, New Zealand on Thursday, 21 August
2025 commencing at 2.00pm (NZST).
Notice of the ASM will be released to the NZX and ASX and posted on our
website, along with a meeting guide, at least 20 working days prior to the
meeting. We encourage active participation by shareholders at the ASM,
and shareholders may present questions to engage with the Board and
executive management.
Shareholders have the right to vote on major decisions which may change
the nature of the company. Each shareholder has one vote per ordinary
share they own in the company, equally with other shareholders, and may
vote at a meeting in person, or by proxy, representative or attorney. We
offer an electronic voting facility to allow shareholders to vote ahead of
the meeting without having to attend or appoint a proxy.
Share information
Stock exchange listing requirements
The company’s shares were listed on the NZX Main Board on 14 November
2001 and on the ASX on 21 November 2001. On 20 June 2016 the company
changed its admission category to an ASX Foreign Exempt Listing. As
part of this change, the company is still required to comply with the NZX
Listing Rules but is not required to comply with many of the ASX Listing
Rules. For the purposes of ASX Listing Rule 1.15.3, the company confirms
that it continues to comply with the NZX Listing Rules.
For the purposes of NZX Listing Rule 3.7.1(h), the company confirms that
there has been no public exercise of powers by the NZX under NZX Listing
Rule 9.9.3.
Current on-market share buy-back
There is no current on-market buy-back of the company’s ordinary
shares. During the year ended 31 March 2025, none of the company’s
ordinary shares were purchased on-market under or for the purposes of
an employee incentive scheme or to satisfy the entitlements of holders
of options or other rights to acquire ordinary shares granted under an
employee incentive scheme. The company does not have any restricted
securities or securities subject to voluntary escrow on issue.
Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)
Given the company’s strong financial performance and reduction of debt,
the Board determined to suspend the DRP in November 2024. As a result,
eligible shareholders who had previously elected to participate in the DRP
are to receive their dividends for both the interim and final periods in cash.
The DRP had previously been reactivated during the 2023 financial year to
assist in reducing the additional debt financing required for the company’s
capital expenditure programme, including the acquisition of land for the
second campus in Karaka, New Zealand.
Incorporation and limitations on the acquisition of shares
The company is incorporated in New Zealand and is not subject to
Chapters 6, 6A, 6B and 6C of the Australian Corporations Act 2001. In
general, securities in the company are freely transferable and the only
significant restrictions or limitations in relation to the acquisition of
securities are those imposed by the New Zealand Takeovers Code, the
Overseas Investment Act 2005 (NZ), the Commerce Act 1986 (NZ) and
the Companies Act 1993 (NZ). The company does not impose additional
ownership restrictions.
Credit rating
The company does not currently have an external credit rating status.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
75Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Distribution of shareholders and holdings
The company only has one class of shares on issue, ordinary shares, each
conferring to the registered holder the right to one vote on any resolution,
and these shares are listed on the NZX and ASX. There are no other
classes of equity security currently on issue. The total number of ordinary
shares on issue as at 31 March 2025 was 586,139,423 shares.
The distribution of shareholdings as at 31 March 2025 was as shown in the
table below:
Size of shareholding
Number
of holders%
Number of
ordinary shares%
1 to 1,00014,09659.01%4,478,4880.76%
1,001 to 5,0007,36230.82%17,044,1322.91%
5,001 to 10,0001,4346.00%10,138,6221.73%
10,001 to 50,0008643.62%15,714,8062.68%
50,001 to 100,000550.23%3,647,5750.62%
100,001 and over770.32%535,115,80091.30%
Total23,888100.00%586,139,423100.00%
The employee share options, rights and PSRs on issue to employees are
disclosed in Note 18 of the financial statements in this annual report.
There are no voting rights attaching to share options, rights or PSRs.
Substantial product holder
According to company records and notices given under the Financial
Markets Conduct Act 2013, the substantial product holders in ordinary
shares (being the only class of quoted voting products) of the company
as at 31 March 2025 were as follows:
Substantial product holderDate of notice
Number of
ordinary shares
held as at date
of notice
Holding as a %
of total ordinary
shares on issue as
at date of notice
BlackRock, Inc. and related bodies
corporate
13 Jul 2137,908,0166.6%
Pinnacle Investment Management
Group Limited and its subsidiaries
13 Oct 2336,059,2066.2%
Principal shareholders
The names and holdings of the 20 largest registered shareholders in the
company as at 31 March 2025 were:
Investor nameTotal units
% Issued
capital
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited R601127393
72,851,413 12.43%
JPMorgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 57,561,758 9.82%
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 56,987,614 9.72%
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited R601127385 49,522,756 8.45%
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 45,014,138 7.68%
JPMorgan Chase Bank 38,164,940 6.51%
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited R601338998 34,567,359 5.95%
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 26,303,930 4.49%
Custodial Services Limited 18,854,845 3.22%
Tea Custodians Limited 17,923,982 3.06%
New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees Limited 14,683,602 2.51%
Premier Nominees Limited 7,842,613 1.34%
Accident Compensation Corporation 7,828,198 1.34%
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 6,561,373 1.12%
Public Trust 6,119,187 1.04%
New Zealand Depository Nominee 5,708,620 0.97%
FNZ Custodians Limited 5,446,374 0.93%
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 5,233,917 0.89%
National Nominees Limited 4,773,913 0.81%
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited R601339005 4,582,882 0.78%
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
76Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Other Group information
Principal activities
The company is a world-leading designer, manufacturer and marketer
of products and systems for use in acute and chronic respiratory care,
surgery and the treatment of obstructive sleep apnea. There were no
significant changes to the state of affairs of the company or to the nature
of the company’s (or its subsidiaries’) principal activities during the year
ended 31 March 2025.
Use of company information
We did not receive any notices from directors requesting to use company
information received in their capacity as directors which would not
otherwise have been available to them.
Donations
Please refer to Note 5 of the financial statements in this report for the
Group’s donations in the financial year to 31 March 2025.
Entries recorded in the interests register
Except for disclosures made elsewhere in this report, there have been no
entries in the company’s interests register made during the year ended
31 March 2025.
Other subsidiary company information
No entries were made in the interests register of any subsidiary during the
year ended 31 March 2025.
No employee of the Group who is appointed as a director of a Group
entity receives or retains any remuneration or other benefits in his or her
capacity as a director. The remuneration and other benefits of Group
employees and former employees totalling $100,000 or more during
the year ended 31 March 2025 are included in the relevant bands for
remuneration disclosed in the Remuneration section of this report.
During the year ended 31 March 2025, all directors of subsidiaries were
full-time employees of the Group, with the exception of:
1. Neville Mitchell, who is a director of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Employee Share Purchase Trustee Limited
2. Toh Han Nee, who is a director of Highbrook Insurance Company Pte.
Limited (Singapore)
3. Basyirah Anuar, who is a director of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Malaysia
Sdn. Bhd. (Malaysia)
4. Shanty Putri, who is a director of PT Fisher and Paykel Healthcare
Indonesia (Indonesia).
Neville Mitchell does not receive any remuneration or other benefits for
his role as director of the above subsidiary. Toh Han Nee, Basyirah Anuar
and Shanty Putri also do not receive any remuneration personally for their
respective roles as directors as described above; however, a management
fee is paid to their respective employers (Marsh Singapore Ltd., Zico
Corporate Services Sdn. Bhd and PT TMF Indonesia).
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
77Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Group structure
All subsidiary companies in the Group are ultimately 100% owned by
the company. The Group structure and the persons who held office as
directors of subsidiary companies at 31 March 2025 are detailed below.
EntitiesDirectors
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited* (NZ) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Properties
Limited* (NZ)
Andrea Blackie, Andrew Niccol,
Jonathan Rhodes
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Limited (NZ) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia
Investments Limited (NZ)
Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Malaysia
Sdn. Bhd.
Basyirah Anuar, Bryan Peterson, James Tuck,
Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Asia Investments Limited (NZ) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare India
Private Limited
David Boyle, James Tuck, Prashant Kate
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare K.K. (Japan)Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited
(Hong Kong)
Andrew Niccol, David Boyle, Justin Callahan,
Zhiping Hou
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Supply Chain
Limited (Hong Kong)
Jonathan Rhodes
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Colombo
(Private) Limited (Sri Lanka)
David Boyle, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Bangladesh
Limited
David Boyle, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
PT Fisher and Paykel Healthcare IndonesiaBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan,
Shanty Putri
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Medical Device
(Guangzhou) Co., Ltd (China)
Andrew Somervell, Deshitha Edirisuriya,
Lewis Gradon
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pakistan
(Private) Limited
David Boyle, James Tuck
EntitiesDirectors
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited* owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited* (NZ)Andrew Niccol, Andrew Somervell,
James Tuck
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Treasury
Limited* (NZ)
Andrea Blackie, Rachael Bull,
Raelene Leonard
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee
Share Purchase Trustee Limited (NZ)
Neville Mitchell, Nicola Talbot, Rachael Bull
Fisher & Paykel Asia Limited (NZ)Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Americas
Investments Limited (NZ)
Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pty. Limited
(Australia)
David Boyle, Graham Gourd, Lewis Gradon,
Paul Shearer
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (UK)Lewis Gradon, Patrick McSweeny,
Paul Shearer, Samuel Frame
Fisher & Paykel Holdings, Inc. (USA)Andrew Niccol, Justin Callahan,
Steven Wilson
Fisher & Paykel do Brasil Ltda (Brazil)Brazilian law does not require directors.
Decision-making authority lies with the
directors of its shareholders.
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (Guangzhou)
Limited (China)
David Boyle, Lewis Gradon, Paul Shearer,
Zhiping Hou
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited
(Canada)
Andrew Niccol, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Highbrook Insurance Company Pte. Ltd.
(Singapore)
Grant Gillingham, Lyndal York, Toh Han Nee
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Limited
(NZ)
Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
78Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
EntitiesDirectors
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Americas Investments Limited (NZ) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare S.A. de C.V.
(Mexico)
Andrew Niccol, Lyndal York
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Colombia S.A.S. Legal Representatives: Bryan Peterson,
James Tuck
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico S.A. de
C .V.
Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Mexico
Properties S.A. de C.V.
Andrew Niccol, Jonathan Rhodes,
Lyndal York
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Chile SpA No directors. Bryan Peterson and James
Tuck are delegates for the shareholder
of the Company (with the power to act
individually).
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Peru S.A.C.Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Costa Rica,
S.R.L.
Bryan Peterson, Justin Callahan, Stuart Grant
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited (UK) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France)Lewis Gradon, Paul Shearer, Philippe Berardi
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare GmbH
(Germany)
Jon Clausen, Justin Callahan,
Patrick McSweeny
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare AB (Sweden)Lewis Gradon, Patrick McSweeny,
Paul Shearer, Philippe Berardi
Fisher Paykel Sağlık Ürünleri Ticaret
Limited Şirketi (Turkey)
Lewis Gradon, Patrick McSweeny,
Paul Shearer
Limited Liability Company Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare (Russia)
Anatoly Filippov, Bryan Peterson,
James Tuck, Stuart Grant
EntitiesDirectors
Fisher & Paykel Holdings, Inc. (USA) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, Inc. (USA)Andrew Niccol, Justin Callahan,
Steven Wilson
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare SAS (France) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Romania S.R.L. Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare GmbH (Germany) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare (Czech
Republic) s.r.o.
Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Poland spółka z
ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością
Bryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Limited (NZ) owns:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA
Investments Limited (NZ)
Andrea Blackie, Eloise Jones, James Tuck
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare MEA Investments Limited (NZ) owns:
Fisher and Paykel Healthcare Tunisia SARLBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Nigeria LimitedBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher and Paykel Healthcare JordanBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Kenya LimitedBryan Peterson, James Tuck, Justin Callahan
*Companies operating under a Negative Pledge Deed
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementRemunerationEnvironmentGovernance
79Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Remuneration
Our approach is to attract, reward and
retain high-quality employees who will
help us to achieve our short and long-
term strategic objectives. This depends
in large part upon the remuneration
packages we offer.
This section provides an overview of our
remuneration strategy and governance,
including executive and director
remuneration.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
80Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Letter from Lisa McIntyre,
Chair of the People &
Remuneration Committee
At Fisher & Paykel Healthcare, our intention is to have good people who
contribute the most they can over the long term. The fundamentals that
enable us to achieve this include supporting and caring for our people, and
creating a safe, healthy and enjoyable work environment with sustainable
workloads. We are also committed to rewarding our people fairly based
on individual performance and contribution, the size of their role, market
context and the company’s ability to pay.
We operate in a large number of countries, and our remuneration practices
reflect our culture, values and local market conditions. Our employee
remuneration programme consists of a base wage or salary, a discretionary
component providing the potential for an annual profit-sharing payment
based on relevant company performance. In certain countries, additional
benefits may include superannuation, health and life insurance, and
the opportunity to purchase shares and/or receive long-term variable
remuneration in the form of share options, performance share rights or
employee share rights.
Employees receive base remuneration packages that are generally
benchmarked against similar positions in companies of comparable
size and complexity. We use industry remuneration surveys conducted
by external consultants to determine remuneration levels. In general,
remuneration is reviewed annually, and our process supports our intention
to pay our people fairly.
The company delivered strong revenue, operating profit and operating
cashflow performance during the year, which was above the targets set
at the beginning of the financial year. The Committee did not exercise
any discretion when assessing discretionary annual variable remuneration
(DAVR) and long-term variable remuneration (LTVR) outcomes in respect
of the 2025 financial year.
There were no significant changes to our remuneration arrangements
during the 2025 financial year. In the coming year, we will be engaging
with shareholders on our LTVR plans, as we work to ensure that they
remain fit-for-purpose and supportive of our long-term objectives.
Lisa McIntyre
Chair, People & Remuneration Committee
LISA MCINTYRE
Chair, People & Remuneration Committee
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
81Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Remuneration governance
The People & Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and
recommending to the Board the company’s approach to remuneration.
This includes overseeing and regulating remuneration matters related
to directors, and reviewing executive management in consultation with
the Chief Executive Officer. The majority of the Committee’s members
are independent and members of the executive management team only
attend Committee meetings upon invitation.
More details on the role and composition of the People & Remuneration
Committee are available on page 70 of this report and in the People &
Remuneration Committee charter, which is available on the company’s
website. A summary of the company’s Remuneration Procedure is also
available on our website: www.fphcare.com.
Executive remuneration
Executive management remuneration packages consist of a combination of
a fixed remuneration package, a discretionary annual variable remuneration
(DAVR) component, a long term variable remuneration (LTVR) component,
and the company-wide profit-sharing payment scheme, as described further
below. Our executive management team remuneration approach ensures
that a significant proportion of total remuneration is variable to align the
executives more closely to the performance of the company. The CEO
remuneration target for the 2025 financial year was 48% fixed remuneration,
28% LTVR and 24% DAVR. The total remuneration earned by executive
management is set out in Note 18 of the financial statements.
Fixed remuneration
All members of executive management receive a fixed remuneration
component based on the scale and complexity of the role, market
relativities and experience, and performance. This also includes any
KiwiSaver or other superannuation contribution.
Variable remuneration
Executive management receive variable remuneration linked to financial
and strategic performance.
Discretionary Annual Variable Remuneration (DAVR)
Discretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR) is designed to remunerate
executive management relative to the company’s financial performance and
non-financial measures which are the annual implementation of our long-term
plan for sustainable profitable growth. Details of our plan are shown on the right.
Performance
period
Paid annually and aligned with financial year
(1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025)
Measures
Financial (80%)
Weighting
Constant currency operating profit45%
Constant currency revenue25%
Constant currency pre-tax operating cash flow10%
Non-financial (20%)
Measures relating to the strategic direction of the company and
environmental and social responsibility initiatives. Non-financial
measures are shared across all members of the executive management
team as the measures involve collaboration and commitment.
Performance
hurdle
The trigger for considering whether to exercise discretion to make any
payment is 90% achievement of at least one of the financial measures.
Payment
calculation
method
Meeting 100% of each financial and non-financial measure results in
payment of 100% of the DAVR amount.
Each financial measure is assessed independently. If the achievement
of a financial measure is less than 90%, 0% achievement will be applied
for that measure.
If the achievement of a financial measure is greater than 120%, 120%
achievement will be applied for that measure.
The DAVR payment amount is adjusted pro-rata, with each 1% above or
below each financial measure resulting in a 2% increase or decrease in
payment.
Target payments*
Up to 24% of total remuneration for the CEO/Managing Director.
Maximum
payment
The maximum achievable DAVR which may be awarded is 132% of
the target DAVR at 20% or more over achievement of the financial
measures and achievement of all non-financial measures.
Approval
process
The Board (administered through the People & Remuneration Committee)
has the discretion to alter, amend, replace or withdraw the DAVR scheme
at any time without notice (including during a financial year).
The Board also retains the ultimate discretion in assessing and
determining any payments under the scheme. As part of that, the Board
has the right to exercise its discretion not to make any payments or to pay
a reduced amount, regardless of whether the measures have been met.
Termination of
employment
Participants will not be entitled to be considered for a DAVR payment if
they cease to be employed by the Company prior to the end of the DAVR
year and/or in circumstances where they are under notice of termination
of employment when the DAVR award is under consideration or paid.
Should a participant leave the company (e.g. due to death, permanent
disability, redundancy or on medical grounds) before they are due to
be considered for a DAVR award, the Board will have discretion as to
whether to pay any DAVR award.
* In previous years, we have expressed this as a percentage of fixed remuneration. There has been no change to the
methodology for target payments.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
82Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Key performance summary
The relative weighting of DAVR measures and the target achieved in 2025 are set out below:
MeasuresWeighting% of Target Achieved
Constant currency operating profit45%
Constant currency revenue25%
Constant currency pre-tax operating cash flow10%
Non-financial measures20%
AchievedNumberMeasure
1Health & safety
1Quality
1Environmental & social responsibility
2Diversity & inclusion
4Long-term sales strategies
3Manufacturing & operational efficiency
1Infrastructure
96% of non-financial measures were achieved for the financial year.
Total
Minimum
90%
Minimum
90%
Minimum
90%
Target
100%
Target
100%
Target
100%
Achieved (105%; $437.0M)
Achieved (101%; $1.93B)
Achieved (119%; $566.4M)
Maximum
120%
Maximum
120%
Maximum
120%
Achieved 108%
Target
100%
Maximum
132%
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
83Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Profit-sharing payment
All our employees, including executive management, who have worked
with us for more than six months are eligible to receive a profit-sharing
payment twice per year.
Long Term Variable Remuneration (LTVR)
LTVR components are designed to align executive management with
shareholder interests over the longer term and provide a longer-term
employee retention benefit. The current LTVR plans available to executive
management are described below. Further information on these and other
LTVR plans can be found in the Long Term Variable Remuneration section
of our website: www.fphcare.com.
2022 Share Option Plan – Options vest if the company’s share price on
the NZX has exceeded the “escalated price” at the third anniversary of the
grant date. The escalated price is determined by a representative amount
representing the company’s cost of capital.
2022 Performance Share Rights Plan – PSRs fully vest if the company’s
gross total shareholder return (TSR) exceeds the performance of the Dow
Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return Index (DJSMDQT) by 10%
or more at the third anniversary of the grant date of the PSRs.
Employee Share Purchase Plan – Executive management can choose
to participate in this Plan up to the value of $2,000 with a discount of
up to $500, with no interest charged on the loans. The qualifying period
between grant and vesting date is three years.
The rules of the Share Option Plan and Performance Share Rights Plan
were amended in 2022 and executives may retain instruments granted
in 2020 and 2021 under previous versions of the plan rules. Further
information on the previous plan rules can be found in Note 18 of our
financial statements.
Participants in the company’s equity-based remuneration schemes
are not permitted to enter into transactions (whether through the
use of derivatives or otherwise) which limit the economic risk of their
unvested entitlements. For the avoidance of doubt, this does not
prevent participants entering into financial arrangements from being
able to exercise vested entitlements under any company equity-based
remuneration scheme.
Summary of LTVR performance
Performance Share Rights
Met vesting
hurdle in FY25?
Comment
2019 PSRs
✓
From 11 September 2019 to 11 September 2024, our
TSR performance exceeded that of the DJSMDQT, and
PSRs met the vesting hurdle for the third performance
period.
2020 PSRs
✗
From 4 September 2020 to 4 September 2024,
our TSR performance did not exceed that of the
DJSMDQT, and PSRs did not meet the vesting hurdle
for the second performance period.
2021 PSRs
✓
From 1 September 2021 to 1 September 2024, our TSR
performance exceeded that of the DJSMDQT, and
PSRs met the vesting hurdle for the first performance
period.
Share Options
Met vesting
hurdle in FY25?Comment
2020 Options
✗
The five-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP)
for the company’s shares did not exceed the escalated
price at the fourth anniversary of the grant date (4
September 2024) and these options did not meet the
vesting hurdle for the second performance period.
2021 Options
✗
The five-day VWAP for the company’s shares did not
exceed the escalated price at the third anniversary
of the grant date (1 September 2024) and these
options did not meet the vesting hurdle for the first
performance period.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
84Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CEO remuneration arrangements and outcomes
Remuneration structure
The CEO remuneration structure is consistent with the executive management remuneration structure described previously.
CEO remuneration summary
YearFixed remunerationDiscretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR)
2
Long term variable remuneration (LTVR)Total remuneration
Base salary
(NZD)
Other benefits
1
(NZD)
Earned
(NZD)
Amount earned
as a % of
maximum award
Total cash-based
remuneration
earned (NZD)
Number of
shares issued
upon exercise
Vesting –
% of maximum
3
Market price
upon exercise
(NZD)
Total LTVR
4
(NZD)
Fixed remuneration
+ DAVR earned +
LTVR vested (NZD)
FY251,841,334156,5981,125,00582%3,122,93869,60930%$37.912,638,8135,761,751
FY241,786,930150,297935,05772%2,872,28430,10951%21.98661,6873,533,971
1 Other includes superannuation contributions and life insurance.
2 DAVR represents what was earned for the financial year. DAVR value includes the company-wide profit-sharing payment.
3 Calculated as the number of LTVR instruments that vested and were exercised by the CEO during the relevant performance period, divided by the total number of LTVR instruments held by the CEO that were tested during that performance period.
4 LTVR in the table represents what was earned during the financial year. However, the cost of each LTVR plan is independently measured and accounted for based on the fair value at the date granted. Details of the plans and valuation methodology
are set out in Note 18 to the financial statements.
DAVR achieved in 2025
The DAVR financial targets achieved are set out in the Executive remuneration section on page 82. During the 2025 financial year, the CEO achieved
108% of his DAVR target. The DAVR earned in the 2025 financial year is 20% of total remuneration.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
85Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
PSRs granted to the CEO (as at 31 March 2025)
Awarded during the
reporting period
PSRs
lapsed
during the
reporting
period
PSRs vested during the reporting period
Shares issued during the
reporting period
Balance
of PSRs at
31 March
2025Grant name
PSR award
date
Vesting
date
Balance
of PSRs at
31 March
2024
PSRs
awarded
Market
price
at award
PSRs
vested
Market
price
at vesting
date
Vesting
date
Shares
issued
Market
price
at issue
dateIssue date
2024 - PSRs11 Sep 202411 Sep 2027–31,549$37.55–––––––31,549
2023 - PSRs12 Sep 202312 Sep 202649,250–––––––––49,250
2022 - PSRs7 Sep 20227 Sep 202556,749–––––––––56,749
2021 - PSRs1 Sep 2021
1 Sep 2024
to 1 Sep 202625,761–––25,761$35.60
1 Sep
202425,761$37.52
5 Sep
2024–
2020 - PSRs4 Sep 2020
4 Sep 2023
to 4 Sep 202522,178–––––––––22,178
2019 - PSRs11 Sep 2019
11 Sep 2022
to 11 Sep 202443,848–––43,848$37.55
11 Sep
202443,848$38.50
13 Sep
2024–
Share options granted to the CEO (as at 31 March 2025)
Awarded during the
reporting period
Options
lapsed
during the
reporting
period
Share options vested and exercised during
the reporting period
Shares issued during the
reporting period
Balance of
options
at 31 March
2025Grant name
Options
award date
Vesting
date
Balance of
options at
31 March
2024
Options
awarded
Market
price
at award
Share
options
vested and
exercised
Market
price
at vesting
date
Vesting
date
Shares
issued
Market
price
at issue
dateIssue date
2024 - Options11 Sep 202411 Sep 2027–85,480$37.55–––––––85,480
2023 - Options12 Sep 202312 Sep 2026113,177–––––––––113,177
2022 - Options7 Sep 20227 Sep 2025128,771–––––––––128,771
2021 - Options1 Sep 2021
1 Sep 2024
to 1 Sep 202673,633–––––––––73,633
2020 - Options4 Sep 2020
4 Sep 2023
to 4 Sep 202569,931–––––––––69,931
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
86Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Severance arrangements
Within a period of two years following a change in control of the company,
and upon either written notice from the CEO or termination of the CEO’s
employment for any reason (excluding serious or repeated misconduct or
demonstrable and prolonged poor performance), the company will pay
to the CEO the sum of one year’s total fixed remuneration in addition to
any other compensation that may be payable to the CEO pursuant to the
terms and conditions of his employment.
Other than in the event of a change of control in the company, there are
no general severance arrangements for the CEO.
CEO/worker ratio
At the balance date, the Chief Executive Officer’s base salary of $1,841,334
was 31 times that of the median global employee remuneration figure
of $59,426. The Chief Executive Officer’s total remuneration (including
LTVR earned, not granted) was 40 times that of the mean employee total
remuneration.
Gender pay equity
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has been reporting on gender pay equity
since 2017. Gender pay equity is about making sure people are paid fairly
regardless of their gender. We continue to monitor this on a regular basis
across our global locations. For full details on our like-for-like gender pay
gap and overall gender pay gap, refer to page 38 of this report.
Remuneration bands
The tables opposite show the remuneration (inclusive of the value of other
benefits) totalling $100,000 or more received by employees or former
employees in the 2025 financial year. This includes global employees, and
offshore remuneration amounts have been converted into New Zealand
dollars. This does not include the CEO, who is a director of the company.
The tables include salary and wages, profit-sharing payment and
discretionary annual variable remuneration (DAVR) paid during the
2025 financial year. They also include the fair value of long term variable
remuneration (LTVR) as expensed in the period.
Remuneration band
(NZD)
Number of
employees
100,000 – 110,000336
110,001 – 120,000264
120,001 – 130,000252
130,001 – 140,000192
140,001 – 150,000181
150,001 – 160,000140
160,001 – 170,000108
170,001 – 180,000106
180,001 – 190,00069
190,001 – 200,00070
200,001 – 210,00047
210,001 – 220,00038
220,001 – 230,00030
230,001 – 240,00033
240,001 – 250,00034
250,001 – 260,00040
260,001 – 270,00025
270,001 – 280,00022
280,001 – 290,00028
290,001 – 300,00015
300,001 – 310,00023
310,001 – 320,00014
320,001 – 330,00018
330,001 – 340,00013
340,001 – 350,00012
350,001 – 360,0009
360,001 – 370,00012
370,001 – 380,00010
380,001 – 390,0006
390,001 – 400,0006
400,001 – 410,0004
410,001 – 420,0001
420,001 – 430,0007
430,001 – 440,0003
440,001 – 450,0001
Remuneration band
(NZD)
Number of
employees
450,001 – 460,0004
460,001 – 470,0004
470,001 – 480,0005
480,001 – 490,0002
490,001 – 500,0002
500,001 – 510,0001
510,001 – 520,0001
520,001 – 530,0002
530,001 – 540,0002
540,001 – 550,0003
550,001 – 560,0002
570,001 – 580,0002
580,001 – 590,0001
600,001 – 610,0001
610,001 – 620,0002
630,001 – 640,0001
650,001 – 660,0001
680,001 – 690,0001
720,001 – 730,0001
750,001 – 760,0001
760,001 – 770,0002
780,001 – 790,0001
810,001 – 820,0001
820,001 – 830,0001
830,001 – 840,0001
910,001 – 920,0001
930,001 – 940,0001
1,010,001 – 1,020,0001
1,020,001 – 1,030,0001
1,100,001 – 1,110,0001
1,200,001 – 1,210,0001
1,340,001 – 1,350,0001
1,860,001 – 1,870,0001
2,110,001 – 2,120,0001
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
87Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Non-executive directors’ remuneration
Remuneration strategy
The People & Remuneration Committee is responsible for establishing and
monitoring remuneration policies and guidelines for directors. This enables us
to attract and retain directors who contribute to the successful governing of
the business and create value for shareholders.
We also take advice from independent consultants and take into account fees
paid to directors of comparable companies in New Zealand and Australia as
part of our assessment of the appropriate level of remuneration of directors.
The maximum total monetary sum payable by the company by way of
directors’ fees is $1,750,000 per annum as approved by shareholders at the
Annual Shareholders’ Meeting which was held in August 2023. Independent
remuneration benchmarking was provided by Mercer. A summary of the
report is available on the company’s website: www.fphcare.com.
Executive directors are not entitled to receive any remuneration solely in their
capacity as directors of the company. Non-executive directors do not take a
portion of their remuneration under an equity security plan; however, directors
may hold shares in the company. Details are set out on page 71 of this
report. It is our policy to encourage directors to acquire shares on-market.
No non-executive director is entitled to receive a retirement payment.
Approved director remuneration
The current non-executive directors’ fees, including a breakdown of
Board fees and Committee fees, are set out in the table below. The table
at the bottom of this page outlines the fees received by non-executive
directors in the 2025 financial year. The fees payable are determined
based on the time commitment and responsibilities of each role.
Fees per annumChair $Member $
Board of Directors340,200151,200
People & Remuneration Committee30,00018,950
Quality, Safety & Regulatory Committee30,00018,950
Audit & Risk Committee37,90018,950
Director remuneration received in the 2025 financial year
Director Board Fees $
People & Remuneration
Committee $
Quality, Safety &
Regulatory Committee $ Audit & Risk Committee $
Overseas Director
Allowance
2
$ Total Remuneration $
Scott St John135,000––––135,000
3
Neville Mitchell258,450– 7,89615,79241,500 323,638
5, 6
Pip Greenwood148,200 18,950 –18,950–186,100
Mark Cross75,600––18,950
1
–94,550
4
Michael Daniell148,20018,950 30,000
1
––197,150
Lisa Mclntyre148,20030,000
1
–18,950 24,000 221,150
5
Graham McLean148,200––18,950 24,000191,150
5
Cather Simpson148,200–18,950 ––167,150
1,210,050 67,900 56,846 91,592 89,500 1,515,888
1 Designates Chair of Committee.
2 Directors based outside New Zealand are paid an allowance associated with attendance at Board and Committee meetings in a different country or time zone and to reflect local pecuniary practices.
3 Scott St John retired from the Board at the conclusion of the annual shareholders’ meeting in August 2024.
4 Mark Cross was appointed to the Board with effect at the beginning of October 2024.
5 Remuneration for Neville Mitchell, Lisa McIntyre, and Graham McLean is set in NZD but paid in AUD at the prevailing exchange rate at the date of payment.
6 Neville Mitchell was appointed Chair of the Board at the conclusion of the annual shareholders’ meeting in August 2024.
During the 2025 financial year, there were no additional fees or benefits earned that do not relate to services as a non-executive director. In addition, non-
executive directors were not issued shares or LTVR instruments as part of their remuneration during the financial year.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceEnvironmentRemuneration
88Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Environment
Our intention is to create a positive lasting
impact on society and the environment. We
understand that in the course of improving
patient outcomes, we also have a
responsibility to operate our business
efficiently and responsibly, caring for the
natural environment.
This section outlines some of our
environmental commitments and initiatives
for measuring and improving our
environmental performance.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment
89Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Environmental
commitments
Our commitment and intentions toward the
environment are outlined in our Environmental
& Social Responsibility Policy, which has been
embedded across our business and posted
publicly on our company website. While
improving patient care and outcomes, we
seek to validate and verify our environmental
performance, comply with laws and regulations
relating to environmental responsibility and
operate in a way that contributes to a lasting
positive impact on the environment, enabling a
more sustainable future.
We recognise the overall importance of
biodiversity, water and forests and other natural
ecosystems. In addition to measuring carbon
emissions (as reported in our Climate-related
Disclosures on pages 94-124), we also track
other key environmental metrics, including
waste management, recycling and water usage.
Our environmental commitments and practices
are governed and overseen by our Board, under
the guidance of the Audit & Risk Committee.
Environmental Management
System
Our Environmental Management System
(EMS) is externally audited each year against
the international standard ISO 14001 and is a
key framework in enabling our environmental
sustainability approach across our business
operations. Through the EMS, we integrate
and follow formal processes within our
operations to review and monitor environmental
risks and identify opportunities to improve
our environmental performance. All our
manufacturing sites are ISO 14001 certified, and
we continue to drive efforts toward operating
more efficiently and sustainably.
Biodiversity
Our biodiversity intentions are outlined in our
Ecosystems: Biodiversity Procedure. They
include identifying pathways to achieve a net
positive impact on biodiversity, minimising
the conversion of natural ecosystems, and
promoting restoration and maintenance of
natural ecosystems in our direct operations.
In New Zealand, we have begun restoring
waterways at our Karaka site to improve water
quality and hydrology, support the migration
of culturally significant native fish, increase
biodiversity and build resilience to climate
change. We also engage with community
stakeholders at our East Tāmaki and Karaka
campuses, educate our people about
biodiversity and develop our frameworks to
assess biodiversity risks and opportunities.
Our Biodiversity, Forests and Water Procedures
are available on our website: www.fphcare.com.
Employee Chelsea Johnson and
her family supporting a biodiversity
initiative in New Zealand.
Forests
Our intentions related to forests are outlined
in our Ecosystems: Forests Procedure. We
support responsible forest management, both
environmentally and socially, by adopting
traceability standards for the forest commodities
we use in our operations.
We promote sustainable sourcing and
consumption of forest risk commodities through
eco-efficiency and support for a transition to
a paperless society. We also use wood fibre
products approved by the Forest Stewardship
Council for our shipping boxes. In the course
of doing business, we document and monitor
potential business impacts on forests and other
natural ecosystems. Furthermore, we engage
stakeholders and create awareness of forest
risks and opportunities along our value chain.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment
90Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Water
Our water-related intentions are outlined in our Ecosystems: Water
Procedure. We promote water efficiency in our company operations,
including the design and manufacture of products. Across our New Zealand
and Mexico sites, we apply good water stewardship practices, such as
rainwater harvesting, closed-loop water systems and water recycling. For
our operations in Tijuana, Mexico, we have assigned specific responsibilities
for water efficiency, recognising that this is a water-scarce region.
Each year we measure and report metrics on our water usage, so that we
can identify ways to improve our performance. Of our total water use, our
New Zealand campus accounted for 66%, our Mexico campus accounted
for 31%, and our global sites accounted for the remainder.
WaterFY2023FY2024FY2025
Water usage (cubic metres)133,517136,923129,586
Recycling
Each year we measure and report metrics on waste diverted from landfills
so that we can understand the efficiency of our recycling programmes.
Waste and recyclingFY2023FY2024FY2025
Global waste diverted to landfill (tonnes)1,7271,3481,694
NZ recycling efficiency
(% waste diverted from landfill)
62%59%53%
Global recycling efficiency
(% waste diverted from landfill)
54%53%53%
CDP scores
We report on key performance metrics and disclose our ratings in CDP’s
Climate, Supplier Engagement Assessment (which is a subset of Climate),
Water and Forests programmes. Below are our CDP ratings for the last
three financial years.
CDP programmeFY2023FY2024FY2025
ClimateA-BB
– Supplier Engagement AssessmentBB-–*
WaterCBB-
ForestsCCC
* As at the date of this report, CDP has not released our Supplier Engagement Assessment score (formerly known as
Supplier Engagement Rating).
Maintaining our water recycling plant in Tijuana, Mexico.
Memberships
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare is a member of
the Sustainable Business Network, which is
New Zealand’s largest and longest-standing
sustainable business organisation. The
network aims to enable change in the areas
of climate, waste and nature.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment
91Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Promoting sustainability
Our volunteer-led Green Team includes hundreds
of employees committed to encouraging
environmental sustainability in New Zealand.
During the 2025 financial year, the Green Team organised the
annual Sustainable Transport Showcase, held our second Planting
Day at the Karaka campus and hosted a Makerspace Repair
Café event, which extended the life of 24 items and diverted
58 kilograms of waste from landfills.
A Makerspace member fixing a food mixer at the Repair Café event in New Zealand.
The China team after their clean-up activity in Guangzhou.
The Green Team also celebrated its annual Green Award and recognised
employee James Milne for his long-standing dedication to giving items a
new life instead of sending them to landfills. Additionally, we welcomed
Dr. Elspeth MacRae, a world-leading bioeconomy expert and member
of our Ecodesign Advisory Board, to speak about emerging trends in
ecodesign.
Our manufacturing team in China undertook a litter clean-up at Jingxia
village, a popular tourist destination in Guangzhou.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment
92Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Annual Planting Day
at Karaka campus
More than 60 employees and their
families dug deep in September 2024
to safeguard the environment at our
future campus in Karaka, New Zealand.
Accompanied by members of the
Karaka planning team and mana whenua
(recognised Māori tribal groups in
Auckland), the green-minded group
planted 1,000 trees across 20 native
species. Designed to restore the health
of land along the Oiroa Stream at the
site, the additional trees will also provide
food and shelter for local wildlife species
including insects, bats, fish, reptiles
and birds.
Ecodesign Expo
In June 2024, we held our annual
Ecodesign Expo in New Zealand where
employees shared their innovations in
embedding sustainability into product
and packaging design with members
of our Board, executive team and our
people. The impressive range of initiatives
showcased ways of reducing carbon
emissions, healthcare waste and costs
across the full life cycle of our products
and packaging.
This year’s displays included recyclable
packaging and labelling, packaging
optimisation and reduction in production
waste.
We also awarded the Ecodesign Trophy
to the OSA Marketing and Informatics
teams for their myMask selection sizing
app, which reduces the number of mask
refits, cushions, packaging and sizing
tools that would otherwise end up in
landfill.
Employees and their families helping to restore the
Oiroa stream at our Karaka campus in New Zealand.
Ecodesign Advisory
Board
We have appointed an external Ecodesign
Advisory Board made up of four independent
subject matter experts to provide external
guidance and support on environmental
sustainability initiatives.
During the 2025 financial year, the Board
provided guidance on our carbon reduction
initiatives and mentored key team members.
Andrew Somervell, VP – Products & Technology (left) with
the winners of the 2024 Ecodesign Trophy.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
PeopleSuppliersCommunityProduct qualityRisk managementGovernanceRemunerationEnvironment
93Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
DAVID TRUBRIDGE
Globally renowned
Ecodesign practitioner
DR ELSPETH MACRAE
Leading global
bio-economy expert
DR ANN SMITH
Leading global
carbon expert
DR DAVID GALLER
Leading sustainability
medical practitioner
CLIMATE-
RELATED
DISCLOSURES
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions
94Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
About our disclosures
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited is a climate-reporting
entity under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. We have been
measuring our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions since 2012 and have been
reporting against the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD) in our annual reports since 2020. This is our second set of climate-
related disclosures under the External Reporting Board’s (XRB) Aotearoa
New Zealand Climate Standards (NZCS). The disclosures cover the period
of 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025 and include Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Corporation Limited and its subsidiaries.
These climate-related disclosures continue to integrate the
recommendations of the TCFD and comply with NZCS, applying Adoption
Provision 2: Anticipated Financial Impacts (paragraphs 12-14 of NZCS 2)
which provides an exemption in the first and second NZCS reporting
periods from the requirements to disclose the anticipated financial impacts
of climate-related risks and opportunities, a description of the time
horizons over which the anticipated financial impacts could reasonably be
expected to occur, and (if relevant) an explanation as to why quantitative
information cannot be disclosed.
The principles outlined in climate-related disclosures should not be
considered a prediction of future financial or non-financial performance.
These statements are subject to a range of known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and assumptions, many of which lie outside of our control.
Our climate scenarios were developed based on current assumptions and
projections using information available at the time of development. There
is inherent uncertainty within each scenario – they are not intended to
provide a complete or accurate forecast of future events. The climate risks
and opportunities identified may not eventuate and, if they do, the actual
impacts and consequences are likely to be significantly different to what is
set out in this report.
As part of our commitment to creating a positive
lasting impact on society and the environment, we
recognise the need to mitigate and adapt to a
changing climate both now and in the decades to
come. Embedded into our global Environmental &
Social Responsibility Policy is our commitment to
innovate to enable a more sustainable future, and
the knowledge that our actions today impact
future generations.
These climate-related disclosures are representative
of a large body of work occurring across the
business to identify, consider and assess climate-
related risks and opportunities, and integrate them
within our broader risk management framework and
strategic business planning. We see the disclosure
process as an iterative one, whereby we commit to
improving our breadth and depth of detail over
future reporting periods.
These climate-related disclosures have been approved by the
Board and are signed on behalf of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Corporation Limited by Neville Mitchell, Board Chair, and
Mark Cross, Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee.
Neville Mitchell Mark Cross
Board Chair Chair, Audit & Risk Committee
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
GovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsAbout our disclosures
95Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Governance
Board oversight of climate-related risks and
opportunities
The Board is responsible for providing overall governance and oversight of
the company’s environmental and social responsibility practices, including
ultimate responsibility for our strategic direction and consideration of the
risks and opportunities presented by climate change.
The Audit & Risk Committee supports the Board in providing governance
oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities. The Audit &
Risk Committee reviews the company’s environmental and social risk
management framework and record of performance on these matters,
along with any proposed actions based on the record of performance.
This includes monitoring and overseeing the annual GHG emissions
assurance processes, potential emission reduction pathways, sustainability
targets and our group-wide macro risk analysis. The Audit & Risk
Committee also oversees the climate-related disclosures programme and
recommends the climate-related disclosures to the Board for approval.
The Audit & Risk Committee is briefed on environmental sustainability
issues by the executive management team and the Head of Sustainability
& Environmental Innovation throughout the year. This includes
performance against our Environmental Management System, which
includes climate-related risks and progress toward our science-based
targets and other environmental sustainability targets and metrics.
The Audit & Risk Committee meets at least four times per year and
environmental sustainability is a standing item on the agenda at each
meeting. The Board is updated on the Audit & Risk Committee’s
proceedings following each Audit & Risk Committee meeting.
The Board is also briefed on environmental sustainability issues by
the executive management team throughout the year. The Vice President
– Network Design, Facilities, Infrastructure & Sustainability reports to
the Board at each meeting in relation to environmental sustainability
matters, and the General Manager – Group Risk Advisory reports to the
Board at each meeting in relation to group-wide risk matters. Additional
reporting to the Board is undertaken as required. The Board meets eight
times per year.
Our long-term business plan, which assesses our business model, global
operations and strategy across a 15-year period, is reviewed annually.
Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered as part of our long-
term planning. In addition, our annual business plans include environmental
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsGovernance
96Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Board
Responsible for governance and oversight of
environmental and social responsibility practices.
Audit & Risk Committee
Monitors performance and compliance against our environmental and social risk
management framework, including progress to meet sustainability targets.
Executive Management Team
Responsible for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks
and opportunities. Accountable for embedding environmental and
social responsibility initiatives within business plans.
Carbon Committee
Provides strategic direction to the business on carbon issues.
Reviews performance and progress towards our environmental sustainability initiative
s.
Ecodesign Advisory Board
Provides external guidance and support on environmental sustainability
and Ecodesign initiatives.
Business Units
Integrates sustainability initiatives into
the business and manages climate-
related risks.
Risk Advisory
Facilitates the business to make informed
decisions in relation to climate-related
risks.
Climate Working Group
Supports the integration of
climate-related risk and opportunity
analysis within the business.
Sustainability Team
Shapes environmental sustainability
strategy and manages our environmental
management system.
wider Board for progress on environmental and social responsibility
initiatives. Further details relating to the executive management team
can be found on pages 28-30.
The Carbon Committee serves as a steering group for carbon-related
matters within the business. It comprises the Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Vice President –
Corporate, Vice President – Network Design, Facilities, Infrastructure &
Sustainability, and Vice President – Products & Technology. The Carbon
Committee meets at least once each quarter with the Sustainability
team, providing direction on the company’s emissions reduction
programme, including implementation of sustainability initiatives aligned
with business strategy and long-term planning, in addition to monitoring
progress towards sustainability targets.
Business units
Business units are responsible for day-to-day management of climate-
related risks and implementing sustainability strategies which are aligned
with the Board-approved annual business and long-term plans.
Our Sustainability team shapes our environmental strategy, policy
development and long-term planning, and is responsible for the
performance of our global Environmental Management System,
which includes climate-related risks. The team is led by our Head of
Sustainability & Environmental Innovation who reports to the Vice
President – Network Design, Facilities, Infrastructure & Sustainability.
The team plays a fundamental role in creating awareness, educating
and working with the business on sustainability initiatives, including
identifying and managing risks and opportunities.
Our Risk Advisory team supports the business to make informed
decisions using a range of risk management techniques to identify,
analyse and prioritise uncertainty. The team is led by the General
Manager – Group Risk Advisory who reports to the Chief Financial
Officer. For more detail on the company’s overall approach to risk
management, refer to pages 60-63 of the annual report.
The Climate Working Group supports the business to identify, assess
and manage climate-related risks and opportunities through scenario
analysis and implementation of our transition planning framework. This
working group is responsible for preparing climate-related disclosures
and reports to the Carbon Committee.
objectives. The Board reviews and approves our annual business plans
and the long-term plan on an annual basis.
Directors’ climate capabilities and understanding
The Board draws upon expertise from the executive management team,
the Sustainability team and other subject matter experts within the
business, which informs their understanding of climate change and its
impacts on our business and operations. The Board attends our annual
Ecodesign Expo, where teams from around the business showcase
how they are embedding sustainability considerations into the product
design process.
The directors also obtain insight and education from external experts
and gain experience through their involvement in other businesses
and industries, and in governance roles on other boards. A number of
directors are members of Chapter Zero, a governance group hosted by
the Institute of Directors. This is the New Zealand chapter of the global
Climate Governance Initiative which was established to support World
Economic Forum’s Climate Governance Principles for boards of directors.
Chapter Zero provides directors with climate awareness and skills, so
they can bring climate considerations to the fore of boards’ decision-
making processes.
Further details relating to the Board and the Audit & Risk Committee,
including the Board’s background, skills and experience can be found in
the Governance section of the annual report from page 67.
Management’s role in assessing and managing
climate-related risks and opportunities
Executive management team
The Board assigns the management of climate-related risks and
opportunities to the executive management team. Members of the
executive team are responsible for implementing the Environmental &
Social Responsibility Policy and for identifying, assessing and managing
climate-related risks and opportunities. Each Audit & Risk Committee
meeting is attended by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, Vice President – Corporate, General Counsel & Company
Secretary and the General Manager – Group Risk Advisory. Other
members of the executive management team and subject matter experts
attend as required. The executive management team also reports to the
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsGovernance
97Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Risk management
Our process for managing climate-related risks
The purpose of our risk management process is to identify, analyse and
prioritise uncertainty to improve the quality of decisions we make. We
identify and assess climate-related risks as part of our overall sustainability
strategy and risk management framework, both of which are reviewed by
the Board, the Audit & Risk Committee and the executive management
team annually. Climate-related risks have been considered a key area of
risk to our business, and we have prepared voluntary disclosures, aligned
with the recommendations of the TCFD, as part of the annual report
since 2020.
Each year we improve the process to identify, assess and manage climate-
related risks and opportunities. As part of our annual process:
• We identify physical and transitional climate-related risks, considering
the timeframe over which the risks may eventuate, and assess their size
and impact on our business.
• We document, score and manage climate-related risks through our ISO
14001 Environmental Management System process.
• We perform scenario analysis, as appropriate. Refer to ‘Scenario
analysis process’ at page 100 for further details.
• Our business units and wider executive management team assess and
review climate-related risks. We do not prioritise climate-related risks
independently from other material business risks.
We also rely on input from external stakeholders through our materiality
assessment, which specifically includes climate-related business risk. For
further details on the materiality assessment, refer to pages 20-21 of the
annual report.
We continue to build our capability in aligning our climate-related risk
management processes and scenario analyses with strategic business
planning cycles.
Integration within the wider business
Business units are responsible for:
• day-to-day management of climate-related risks
• identifying metrics to monitor the risks
• identifying actions to mitigate the risks
• implementing sustainability strategies which are aligned with the
Board-approved annual business and long-term plans.
The climate-related identification and assessment processes described
above feed into and inform how we work to mitigate and adapt to climate
change. For further information, refer to ‘Developing a climate-resilient
business model’ section of these climate-related disclosures at page 116.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsRisk management
98Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Strategy
Long-term thinking is at the core of our sustainable, profitable growth
model. It can take many years to bring a new healthcare product to market
and achieve changes in clinical practice – this necessitates foresight,
discipline and careful planning.
This is evidenced across the business, in how we continuously strive to
improve our products, invest in R&D, scale our infrastructure and global
operations, and collaborate with partners. Our focus on the long term is
also reflected in our intention to create a positive lasting impact on society
and the environment. These elements are highlighted in our business
model and strategy. For more details on our business model, refer to
page 19 of the annual report titled ‘How we deliver value’.
The scenario analysis process on pages 100-102 provides details on the
development of our climate scenarios and the rationale for their selection.
Current climate-related impacts
During the 2025 financial year, climate change impacted our
business in the following ways.
Transitional impacts
We continued to assess future climate-related reporting in
markets where we operate in addition to complying with our
obligations under the NZCS.
We have responded to the increasing interest in our sustainability
initiatives and carbon footprint from global customers. As
required by the National Health Service (NHS) in the United
Kingdom, our UK business has made a net zero by 2050
commitment in respect of its in-market Scope 1, 2 and 3
emissions.
Physical impacts
We have begun to see minor supply chain disruption due to
adverse weather events. In March 2025, a cyclone in Taiwan
caused a two-day delay for air freight, the impact was
absorbed as part of our business continuity planning.
These impacts are not considered to have a current material
financial impact or expose the business to material climate-related
vulnerabilities.
This section does not include work done to implement our
transition plan. For information on our transition plan, refer to
‘Developing a climate-resilient business model’ on pages 116-119.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
99Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Stakeholder engagement
Scenario analysis process
During the 2024 financial year, we established our scenario analysis
process, which was a stand-alone process to identify climate-related
risks and opportunities and did not form part of our existing risk
management processes.
The core purpose of our scenario analysis was to consider the key
questions of “How could climate change plausibly affect our business
model and strategy?” and “What should we do and when?”.
The answers to these questions will inform the incorporation of future,
plausible climate risks and opportunities into our strategic business
planning.
During the 2025 financial year, we reviewed our climate scenarios,
narratives and scenario workshop analysis to assess whether updates
were required. We determined that the analysis from 2024 remained
relevant for the 2025 financial year. We also refined our understanding
and approach to quantify the financial impacts of climate-related risks
and opportunities, and engaged with R&D, supply chain, infrastructure
and network design teams to build awareness and visibility of the
climate-related scenario analysis.
Our scenario analysis process is described on the following
pages100-102.
The key stakeholders and cross-functional teams that support our
climate scenario analysis process:
• The Climate Working Group was formed to develop a climate-
related disclosure programme to enable the business to comply
with the NZCS. The group comprised members from Sustainability,
Risk Advisory, Corporate Affairs and Finance teams. Other subject
matter experts from within the business were identified to provide
input into the analysis.
• The Carbon Committee provides oversight of the climate-related
disclosures programme and participated in the scenario analysis
workshops, along with additional senior leaders.
• The Audit & Risk Committee review and approve the climate-
related disclosures programme and provide recommendations to
the Board.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
100Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
As a medical device and technology company with an extensive global
footprint (deriving 99% of revenue outside of New Zealand), we did not
consider that there was a suitable sector-wide scenario analysis to draw
upon. We developed our own climate scenarios for the analysis, taking the
following steps.
Scenario selection. We chose three Shared Socioeconomic Pathways
(SSPs) scenarios as a means of testing and challenging the resilience of
our business model across a range of plausible climate futures:
• Outpatient scenario reflects emissions reduction and decarbonisation
occurring at a manageable, non-critical state and relates to SSP1. This
assumes the world achieves net zero by 2050 and reaches the stated
goal of the Paris Agreement: a 1.5°C temperature rise above pre-
industrial levels. The global response is coordinated, orderly and focused
on mitigating the impact of climate change. The Outpatient scenario
aligns with the mandated NZCS scenarios and tests how we would
respond in a rapidly decarbonising and transitioning landscape.
• Emergency Department scenario reflects emissions reduction and
decarbonisation needing critical attention and relates to SSP2. This
assumes net zero is unattainable by 2050 as emissions persist past
current levels. The world follows a path in which social, economic and
technological trends do not shift markedly from historical patterns,
resulting in a 2.7°C warming scenario by 2100. The Emergency
Department scenario was selected as we consider this scenario suitably
challenges our business model, given the effects of variable customer
preferences and the impact on market access.
• High Dependency Unit scenario reflects a deteriorating state of the
environment and climate and relates to SSP3. Emissions approximately
double from current levels by the end of the century, resulting in a 3.6°C
rise in global temperature. Global cooperation efforts falter and self-
interested actions prevail. Climate change cannot be mitigated globally
and there is limited ability to adapt. The High Dependency Unit scenario
was selected due to the significant increase in physical impacts of
climate change, and the significant challenges to a global business given
protectionist behaviours and a shift towards deglobalisation.
Scenario definitions. Using the three SSPs outlined in ‘Scenario selection’,
the time horizons, key temperature outcomes and socio-economic features
of each scenario were identified.
Physical risk mapping. Using mapping tools, the possible physical climate
impacts on all our owned infrastructure, key leased sites and certain
strategic supplier sites out to 2100 for each scenario were analysed. The
following types of climate impacts were assessed: sea level rise, coastal
flooding, extreme precipitation, total precipitation, surface temperature
and wind speed.
Healthcare and population modelling. Using insights from our proprietary
healthcare modelling and insights from global population data, we
estimated patient cohort size and associated medical capacity required
for a range of respiratory conditions in each scenario. Population models
helped gauge the drivers of population growth (i.e. developed world vs.
developing world), while forecasts for healthcare expenditure were also
used to offer a view of the healthcare system’s capacity in these scenarios.
Identification of driving forces. Key factors within our value chain which
influence climate-related risks and opportunities were identified. This
included a high-level understanding of features such as demographics,
economic conditions, energy supply, technological advancements,
regulatory landscape, customer/market dynamics, and population health
and wellbeing. These driving forces were then assessed against R&D,
supply chain, manufacturing and sales operations, market access and
ability to operate, in order to identify where their impact and influence
would most meaningfully occur.
Scenario narratives. We prepared scenario narratives to provide a
compelling illustration of how different temperature outcomes and
pathways would affect our strategy and business model in plausible future
states. We used a number of quantitative and qualitative sources to guide
the drafting of each scenario
1
. Excerpts from each narrative are included
on the following pages.
1 Data sources to construct scenarios. A number of quantitative and qualitative sources were used, including: The International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis’ (IIASA) SSP Database, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(OECD) GDP projections, OECD forecasts for healthcare expenditure, IPCC Working Group I (WGI) Interactive Atlas, Climate Central’s Surging Seas sea-level analysis tool, the IPCC’s Sixth Assessment Report (AR6), Brian O’Neill’s article ‘The roads
ahead: narratives for shared socioeconomic pathways describing world futures in the 21st pathway’ published in Global Environment Change, February 2015, The International Energy Agency (IEA) transition scenarios: the Stated Policies Scenario
and Net Zero Emissions by 2050, carbon price modelling from external consultants and the IEA, and proprietary healthcare market demand modelling.
Scenario development
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
101Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT
Workshop sessions. Workshops were held with the Carbon Committee
and additional senior leaders for each of our climate scenarios. During
the workshops, our business model and strategy were analysed for
resilience to climate-related risks and opportunities.
Board engagement. Following the workshops, the directors attended a
walk-through briefing in our workshop room during the February 2024
Board meeting. An overview of the scenario analysis process and a sample
of workshop inputs and outputs were provided. Directors were able to
build on their understanding of the data, assumptions and parameters
in each scenario, and question the assumptions. During 2025, we briefed
our newly appointed director and Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
on our scenario development process, workshop outputs and analysis.
Evaluation session. Following consolidation of the workshop outputs,
the working group reported back to the workshop attendees to attain
consensus on the key risks and opportunities identified under each
scenario in order to feed these into our broader risk management
framework and transition planning activities. The working group
subsequently reported back to the Audit & Risk Committee.
Key improvements identified for subsequent reporting periods
include:
• Financial impact analysis to support risk and opportunity
analysis and quantification of anticipated financial impacts for
our next reporting period.
• Improving the breadth and depth of the data, including
healthcare data, expanding the risk modelling and categories of
physical risk modelling, and understanding vulnerabilities in third
party distribution (freight/shipping) infrastructure.
• Continue engaging with a broader range of people within the
business.
• Improving our ability to understand the climate-related risks of
our suppliers and customers, which is currently limited by the
availability of their own data and information.
• Integrating climate-related risk management processes and the
climate scenario analysis with strategic business planning cycles.
Scenario analysis and evaluation
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
102Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 1: Outpatient
In the Outpatient scenario, rapid climate action sees the world achieve net zero by 2050 and reach the stated Paris Agreement goal – a 1.5°C degree
temperature increase above pre-industrial levels. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 1 (SSP1) is known as ‘Sustainability – Taking the Green Road’, due to
low challenges of mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to test how we would respond in a rapidly decarbonising and
transitioning landscape.
OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)
1.5°C
Global temperature
increase peaks at 1.5°C
by the year 2050, before
settling to 1.4°C in 2100.
6.9B
Global population in
2100.
2.2%
OECD GDP growth to
2100 (CAGR), compared
with a historical (prior
50 years) growth rate of
2.5%.
Climate & Weather
There is a continuation of acute weather events globally, with sea level rise and
coastal flooding presenting the most impactful challenges in certain regions.
Demographics & Economy
Global population climbs 6.4% by 2040, before marking an overall decline of 12%
by 2100. The aged population cohort rises from a baseline of ~10% to ~45% in 2100.
Low- and medium-income countries experience high GDP growth, while high-
income countries see moderate growth. GDP growth (CAGR) for OECD nations is
3.9% in 2040 (from a 2020 baseline), slowing to 2.2% on a 2100 timescale.
Energy
The majority of electricity is generated from renewable sources, with fossil fuels
becoming expensive to use.
Technology
There is a concerted global effort to implement ‘green’ technology into the value
chain, with a significant focus placed on energy efficiency, reusability, and bio-
based raw materials.
Regulation & Policy
There is effective international cooperation. High levels of regulation are imposed,
such as carbon pricing and taxes, carbon reduction disclosure mandates, and
climate-resilient infrastructure requirements.
Market Conditions
There is elevated and sustained pressure from customers and investors upon
businesses to mitigate the impacts of climate change.
Health & Wellbeing
There are high levels of investment in healthcare relative to 2024 levels.
• The political momentum for a course correction builds,
aided by effective international cooperation and a
heightened sense of urgency.
• Participation in New Zealand’s Emissions Trading Scheme
(ETS) becomes mandatory over time, encompassing fuel
used, purchased electricity and landfill/waste disposal costs
at the East Tāmaki and Karaka sites.
• OECD countries adopt similar emissions trading schemes,
and the price of carbon units rises steadily in these markets.
• A carbon credit scheme for all global shipping lanes is
introduced, which forwarders and shipping lines pass
through to their customers.
• The European Union proceeds with the introduction of its
Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism (CBAM).
• To compete in tenders, there is an increased need for
energy-efficient hardware, reusables, bio-based raw
materials, recycled packaging, take-back/recycling
programs and life cycle assessments across our product
range.
• All of our future infrastructure projects are subject to
stringent climate-resilience requirements.
• There is continued growth in global population out to 2040,
before declining out to 2100. There is a significant increase
in the aged population cohort.
• A 1.5°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening
in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to an
increase in the incidence and prevalence of respiratory
conditions from a 2020 baseline.
Climate scenarios and narratives
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
103Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 2: Emergency Department
In the emergency department scenario, a disorderly transition makes net zero unattainable by 2050 as emissions rise above current levels, resulting in
temperature increase by 2.7°C from pre-industrial temperature by 2100. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 2 (SSP2) is described as ‘Middle of the Road’,
due to medium challenges to mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to challenge our business model, given the effects
of variable customer preferences and the impact on market access.
OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)
2.7°C
Global temperature
increase by the year
2100.
9.0B
Global population in
2100.
2.1%
OECD GDP growth to
2100 (CAGR), compared
with a historical (prior
50 years) growth rate of
2.5%.
Climate & Weather
There is a meaningful increase in acute and chronic weather events globally,
with sea level rise, coastal flooding and increases in surface temperature
presenting significant challenges in many regions.
Demographics & Economy
Global population climbs 12.3% by 2040 and arrives at an overall increase of
15% by 2100. The aged population cohort rises from a baseline of ~10% to ~30%
in 2100. There is uneven GDP growth across the board. GDP growth (CAGR) for
OECD nations is 3.0% in 2040 (from a 2020 baseline), slowing to 2.1% on a 2100
timescale.
Energy
There is some investment in renewables but a continued reliance on fossil fuels.
Technology
There is an uneven development of technology, with the level of innovation and
intent varying greatly depending on the market.
Regulation & Policy
There is relatively weak international cooperation - government intervention is
delayed and uneven. There is varying application of carbon pricing and taxes.
Market Conditions
There is inconsistent pressure from customers and investors to mitigate climate
change, and expectation levels vary depending on the region and/or country.
Health & Wellbeing
There is a medium level of investment in healthcare relative to 2024 levels.
• The world’s progress towards its climate goals is uneven, with
limited additional progress beyond today’s policy framework
both here in New Zealand and internationally.
• Rather than achieving global consensus on mitigation, there
are varying expectations in different regions, with some
markets pursuing carbon reduction while others lag. This
makes it challenging for us to cater to the range of markets
while remaining competitive.
• On the whole, there is a hesitancy among customers and
healthcare systems to carry the added cost of carbon-friendly
products.
• We see meaningful disruption at our global sites. Coastal
flooding and sea level rise make for extremely challenging
operating conditions at certain owned and leased warehouse
facilities in Asia in the coming decade, while surface
temperature increases in Tijuana, Mexico have a significant
flow-on effect to energy costs and associated carbon
intensity.
• Support from suppliers on our sustainability targets is mixed
depending on their broader customer base and which regions
they service. This results in the bifurcation of our supply chain,
where some suppliers are unable to meet the standards for
those end markets with stringent requirements (i.e. Europe).
• There is accelerated growth in global population out to 2040,
and then population growth slows.
• A 2.7°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening
in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to a
meaningful increase in the incidence and prevalence of
respiratory conditions from a 2020 baseline.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
104Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit
In the high-dependency unit scenario, global cooperation efforts falter and self-interest actions prevail. This leads to emissions approximately doubling,
resulting in a 3.6°C increase in global temperature and significant climate and weather impacts. Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 3 (SSP3) is described as
‘Regional Rivalry – a Rocky Road’, due to high challenges of mitigation and adaption. This has been selected as a plausible scenario to test how we would
respond in a highly volatile and physically impacted world.
OverviewKey featuresNarrative (excerpt)
3.6°C
Global temperature
increase in 2100.
12.6B
Global population in
2100.
1.3%
OECD GDP growth to
2100 (CAGR), compared
with a historical (prior
50 years) growth rate of
2.5%.
Climate & Weather
There is a significant increase in acute and chronic weather events globally,
with sea level rise, coastal flooding, increases in surface temperature and wind
speed presenting significant challenges in most regions.
Demographics & Economy
Global population surges 61% by 2100, with rapid growth in developing
countries. There is slow GDP growth across the board.
Energy
Fossil fuels become difficult to source due to nationalistic and protectionist
action from governments. Electricity grids are disrupted amid a lack of suitable
alternatives.
Technology
There is slow technological progress and innovation and constrained budgets
fuels demand for commodity goods. Protectionism results in nations competing
to secure access to technology.
Regulation & Policy
There is weak, uneven international cooperation as traditional institutions falter.
Nation states adopt protectionist policies to preserve domestic resources.
Market Conditions
There are different levels of demand and funding by region and country,
though on the whole there is limited focus on carbon reduction. Economic
development is slow, and consumption is material-intensive.
Health & Wellbeing
There is a low level of investment in healthcare (relative to 2024 levels) amid
constrained budgets and competing priorities for expenditure.
• Global efforts to address climate change are derailed by
nationalistic and protectionist actions. Competition intensifies
as resources are depleted and climate impacts worsen –
nations turn inward and prioritise regional issues.
• Climate regulatory frameworks falter and there is a lack of
consensus on how to proceed. Alliances and trade blocs
deepen.
• This tension impacts the cost of goods and services. There
are significant increases in fossil fuel costs amid a lack of
alternatives and as oil reserves are depleted. This drives up the
cost of shipping, energy, and the sourcing of resins and other
raw materials critical to our production.
• We see significant disruption at our global sites. Average wind
speed increases across much of our network, including at
our East Tāmaki campus in New Zealand and our distribution
sites in Western Europe. Coastal flooding and sea level rise
presents challenges for certain leased sites in Asia, as does
an increase in surface temperature in Mexico. Global shipping
routes are congested as the Panama Canal experiences
drought conditions each year, significantly reducing the
number of passages each year.
• Nations and regions compete to secure access to medical
devices and technology. Patent enforcement becomes
increasingly difficult in this environment.
• There is significant population growth on both a 2040 and
2100 timescale, with a particular growth surge in developing
nations.
• A 3.6°C warming scenario, and the associated worsening
in environmental and atmospheric conditions, leads to
a significant increase in the incidence and prevalence of
respiratory conditions from a 2020 baseline.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
105Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Definitions
In identifying risks and opportunities, we acknowledge and adopt the definitions
used by the XRB in NZCS 1:
Physical risks: Risks related to the physical impacts of climate change. Physical
risks emanating from climate change can be event-driven (acute), such as
increased severity of extreme weather events. They can also relate to longer-
term shifts (chronic) in precipitation and temperature and increased variability
in weather patterns, such as sea level rise.
Transition risks: Risks related to the transition to a low-emissions, climate-
resilient global and domestic economy, such as policy, legal, technology,
market and reputation changes associated with the mitigation and adaptation
requirements relating to climate change.
Opportunities: The potentially positive climate-related outcomes for an entity.
Efforts to mitigate and adapt to climate change can produce opportunities for
entities, such as through resource efficiency and cost savings, the adoption and
utilisation of low-emissions energy sources, the development of new products
and services, and building resilience along the value chain.
Time horizons: We have considered risks and opportunities across three
different time horizons: Short, Medium and Long Term. We define Short Term
as within the next five years (2025-2030), Medium Term as between five and
15 years (2031-2040) and Long Term as 15 years and beyond (2041 onwards).
Climate-related risks and opportunities
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has built a global business by identifying a
difficult medical problem and designing an innovative solution. Without
a doubt, a changing climate will present challenging problems, and we
will respond to them the way we always have – by collaborating and
innovating. For that reason, we view some of the impacts of climate
change as risks and opportunities at the same time.
We have identified anticipated climate-related risks and opportunities,
including impacts, time horizons and potential management responses
and strategies, across three climate scenarios:
• Outpatient
• Emergency Department
• High-Dependency Unit
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
106Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Global customer demand for low-carbon products
TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
We expect a rapid transition to a low-carbon product offering will be required in our key markets.
In the Short Term, to ensure we maintain market access, we expect we would need to prioritise R&D
activities to provide low-carbon offerings of existing products. This could involve using sustainable
materials (e.g. bio-based plastics) and adopting design improvements for energy efficiency.
The focus on the immediate response could lead to a delay in the Short – Medium Term innovation
and development of new products and their release to market.
Potential Response
Accelerate our R&D low-carbon initiatives
such as:
• Increasing investment in R&D
• Monitoring development of sustainable
technologies and materials by suppliers,
competitors and other innovators.
To effectively respond, we have assumed
that medical device regulators would have
enabled regulatory processes to efficiently
approve and validate the use of sustainable
materials in products.
TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY
We could innovate and develop and transition ahead of our competitors.
Widespread adoption of carbon cost/pricing regimes
TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM TERM
Anticipated Impact
We expect there is a high likelihood that carbon cost regimes will be implemented, which will lead
to an increase in the cost of manufacturing, including raw materials and freight.
An increase in freight costs could have a potential significant impact on our business, in relation
to products manufactured in New Zealand and exported globally due to the distance to many key
end markets (such as the United States and Europe).
We also expect constraints on sourcing low-carbon alternatives in the Short Term due to
increased demand; and constraints sourcing fossil fuel-based raw materials in the Short – Medium
Term as suppliers transition to low-carbon alternatives and potentially phase out fossil fuel-based
materials.
Potential Response
• Continue analysis on carbon price,
and potential impacts to sourcing raw
materials and freight cost.
• Review procurement strategy to enable
access to sustainable materials and
continued sourcing of critical raw
materials.
• Decrease reliance on external utilities
required for manufacturing.
• Evaluate advancements and/or
collaboration opportunities in shipping
and freight.
• Evaluate infrastructure network design
strategy and the geographical mix of
manufacturing output.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
107Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Threats to market share amid emergence of novel technology and increased
levels of competition
TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
We expect that the need for rapid innovation would spur the introduction of novel technology and
an increase in investment, incentivising new competitors to enter our markets in certain product
categories and/or particular regions. This may make it more challenging to maintain market share
and our long-term aspirational growth trajectory.
Potential Response
• Continue to analyse and monitor customer
requirements and compliance obligations
and integrate into our long-term business
planning.
• Apply appropriate patent protection to
innovative low-carbon technology and
product design.
• Monitor development of sustainable
technologies and products by competitors
and other innovators.
TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY
If we can develop novel and patent-protected technology ahead
of our competitors, we could gain a competitive advantage.
Heightened regulatory and customer requirements
TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
We expect a high compliance burden under this scenario amid stringent regulatory frameworks in
key markets; and our customers request a high level of detail on our carbon footprint in addition
to our progress and effectiveness on broader environmental and social responsibility efforts.
Potential Response
• Increase investment in processes/systems
for gathering information and data
required to make accurate disclosures and
respond to requests for information.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
108Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 1: Outpatient | 1.5°C
PHYSICAL RISK
Adverse weather events
TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM
MANUFACTURING SITES
Anticipated Impact
Due to our global footprint, we assume that a number of our locations may be impacted by
adverse weather events although current modelling suggests our key locations have strong levels
of resilience.
We expect that although our manufacturing sites may be resilient, acute and chronic weather
events may lead to challenges for our people and their communities, which may affect the ability
of our people to travel to work resulting in operational downtime at our manufacturing sites.
Potential Response
• Broaden analysis on severe weather
events across our global network, assess
the impact on product/distribution flow
and improve business continuity planning
initiatives.
• Continue to refine site selection criteria
based on improved climate modelling.
SUPPLY CHAIN
Anticipated Impact
An increase in adverse weather events could lead to significant disruptions to our supply chain
networks in this scenario (freight lane closures, constraints to port access), including the ability of
our supply chain partners to provide us with services. These disruptions could impact our ability
to ensure we have appropriate inventory levels as well as timely delivery of product to our global
customers. Over time, if the frequency of these weather events increase, we expect wider impacts
to our global supply chain.
Potential Response
• Increase inventory levels to buffer any
unexpected delays or unplanned orders to
customers.
• Consider increasing air freight to ensure
our customers receive product when
needed. We expect this will be costly
given preference to transition to low-
carbon freight methods.
• Evaluate network design strategy.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
109Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 2: Emergency Department | 2.7°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Divergent market requirements impacting
our product development approach
TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
We expect there will be uneven and divergent market requirements with some markets firmly
committing to carbon reduction and environmentally sustainable goals while others remain
ambivalent or deprioritise carbon reduction. In order to maintain access to markets which
prioritise carbon reduction, we would need to ensure we have products which are designed to
have low-carbon impact, are energy efficient and made from sustainable materials.
Potential Response
• Focus R&D to meet market requirements.
Assess adequacy of investment in low-
carbon technology and sustainable
materials.
• Consider whether low-carbon and
Ecodesign R&D will be applied to existing
and new products in markets impacted,
or whether priority would be given to new
product development only.
• Consider opportunities for all new
products across all markets to be
designed for a low-carbon impact and
made from sustainable materials.
• Refine strategy to monitor customer and
market requirements.
TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY
If we can develop products to cater to this divergence ahead of our competitors,
we could gain a competitive advantage.
Our ability to respond to this opportunity depends on:
• Medical device regulators enabling frameworks to efficiently approve and validate the use of
sustainable materials in products
• Availability of sustainable materials
• Acceptance of sustainable products by healthcare professionals and proving efficacy and
clinical outcomes.
Variance in cost base as a result of increased market complexity
TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM TERM
Anticipated Impact
We expect differing regional requirements would result in a variance in our cost base. This may
make it more challenging to maintain market share and achieve our long-term aspirational growth
trajectory.
F&P anticipates that two “versions” of key products would need to be manufactured to satisfy
regions pursuing carbon reduction and sustainable goals and those regions that are not.
Potential Response
• Evaluate any variance in cost base to
execute a product strategy to meet
different market requirements (including
R&D implications).
• Evaluate network design strategy and the
geographical mix of manufacturing output
to optimise operational costs.
• Assess and manage cost/pricing
strategies.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
110Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 2: Emergency Department | 2.7°C
PHYSICAL RISKS
Meaningful increase in adverse weather events
TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM
MANUFACTURING, DISTRIBUTION AND SALES OPERATIONS
Anticipated Impact
Due to our global footprint, we assume that a number of our locations would be impacted by
acute and chronic weather events. In this scenario, we expect:
• Sea-level rise and coastal flooding will impact our ability to use our leased warehousing sites in
Asia.
• Significant increase in surface temperature will be experienced in Tijuana, Mexico. We expect
this to have significant impacts on our people and their communities. We would also anticipate
operational costs (e.g. for water and electricity) to increase in order to maintain optimal
working and manufacturing conditions. Increase in water costs are likely to escalate due to
water scarcity in Mexico. For the 2025 financial year, we manufactured approximately 45% of
our volume (by revenue) in Mexico.
• Across our network we expect that acute and chronic weather events may lead to challenges
for our people and their communities, which may affect the ability of our people to work.
Potential Response
• Decrease our reliance on external utilities
required for manufacturing processes.
• Broaden analysis on severe weather
events across our network.
• Refine site selection criteria for leased and
owned sites.
• Continue to build resilience in our water-
use approach at our Tijuana site.
• Evaluate our network design strategy.
SUPPLY CHAIN
Anticipated Impact
We expect a meaningful increase in the severity and frequency of weather events, resulting
in more significant supply chain disruption in this scenario when compared to the Outpatient
scenario. These disruptions include freight lane closures, constraints to port access, inability of our
supply chain partners to provide us with services. These disruptions could severely impact our
ability to ensure timely delivery of product to our global customers. There is a heightened risk for
supply of raw materials to, and export of finished goods from, our New Zealand site given distance
from suppliers and global markets.
Based on the duration of the disruption, we expect significant disruptions across our entire global
supply chain.
Potential Response
• Increase inventory levels to buffer any
unexpected delays or unplanned orders to
customers.
• Increase use of air freight to provide an
alternative freight method to ensure we
can respond to customer needs.
• Broaden analysis on severe weather
events across our network, assess the
impact on product/distribution flow, and
improve business continuity planning
initiatives.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
111Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Prioritisation of infant and homecare products
TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
Given the strain on healthcare capacity and funding in this scenario, we anticipate there is
a prioritisation of neonatal/pediatric patients, and a need for greater volumes of care to be
delivered in lower intensity settings and/or the home.
This could result in healthcare systems not prioritising investment in certain therapies and
products provided by F&P.
In this scenario, there are assumed low levels of economic growth. In addition, population growth
is likely to be in regions where healthcare infrastructure is underdeveloped.
Potential Response
• Invest in R&D in neonatal/pediatric and
homecare products and therapies.
TRANSITIONAL OPPORTUNITY
We could grow our neonatal/pediatric and homecare business in responding to the prioritisation
of care in this scenario.
Raw material scarcity
TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
In a heightened disorderly world, we expect fossil fuel-based products, including plastics and
resins crucial to our manufacturing process will become difficult to attain. This is likely to affect
our ability to manufacture products and meet customer demand.
Potential Response
• Hold additional raw materials inventory
to mitigate supply volatility due to
anticipated material shortages in the
Medium Term.
• Assess planned R&D activities and
determine an appropriate level of
investment in sourcing/testing/developing
alternate raw materials in the Medium to
Long Term.
• Understand potential vulnerabilities in
our supply chain to proactively mitigate
material shortages.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
112Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Protectionist policies impact trade flows, making it challenging to source raw materials,
distribute products and maintain market access
TIME HORIZON: MEDIUM – LONG TERM
Anticipated Impact
Given the highly volatile and physically impacted world, we expect governments to adopt
protectionist policies which could impact our ability to source raw materials and require us to
source and manufacture products locally in order to maintain market access.
This may require us to implement a ‘close to customer’ network strategy to maintain access to raw
materials and ensure continued market access amid a protectionist landscape.
Potential Response
• Increase surveillance to monitor
protectionist trends/developments,
competitors and new emerging entrants.
• Assess the resilience of our product
supply global network and the need for a
localised/regionalised strategy.
• Consider the viability of maintaining our
product suite at its current size, when
operating across a highly diversified and
distributed network.
• Consider network design and long-term
infrastructure plan.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
113Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
PHYSICAL RISK
Significant increase in adverse weather events
TIME HORIZON: SHORT – MEDIUM – LONG TERM
MANUFACTURING, DISTRIBUTION AND SALES OPERATIONS
Anticipated Impact
Due to our global footprint, it is assumed that a number of our locations are impacted by acute
and chronic weather events. In this scenario we expect:
• Sea-level rise and coastal flooding will impact our ability to use our leased warehousing sites in
Asia.
• Increasing levels of wind speeds impacting our New Zealand sites, which could lead to
business disruption. For the 2025 financial year we manufactured approximately 55% of our
volume (by revenue) in New Zealand.
• Increase in surface temperature at our Tijuana facilities having a significant impact on our
people and their communities. We would also anticipate operational costs (e.g. for water and
electricity) to increase in order to maintain optimal working and manufacturing conditions,
coupled with increasing disruption to electricity networks and ongoing access to water due
to the scarcity of water in Tijuana, Mexico. For the 2025 financial year we manufactured
approximately 45% of our volume (by revenue) in Mexico.
• Across our network we expect that acute and chronic weather events may lead to significant
devastation, disruption and challenges for our people and their communities, which may affect
the ability of our people to work.
Potential Response
• Decrease our reliance on external utilities
required for manufacturing processes.
• Broaden analysis on severe weather
events across our network.
• Refine site selection criteria for leased and
owned sites.
• Assess workforce and production impact
due to increased employee absenteeism
due to weather disruption.
• Consider network design.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
114Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Scenario 3: High-Dependency Unit | 3.6°C
PHYSICAL RISK
SUPPLY CHAIN
Anticipated Impact
We expect a significant increase in the severity and frequency of weather events, resulting in
more significant supply chain disruption in this scenario when compared to the Outpatient and
Emergency Department scenarios. These disruptions include freight lane closures, constraints to
port access, inability of our supply chain partners to provide us with services. These disruptions
could severely impact our entire network and impact our ability to ensure timely delivery of
product to our global customers.
Due to the increased frequency and severity of weather events in this scenario, we expect
significant disruptions across our entire global supply chain.
Potential Response
• Increase inventory levels to buffer any
unexpected delays or unplanned orders to
customers.
• Air freight allocation would also be
increased to provide an alternative freight
method as required to ensure we can
supply our customers. We anticipate
increased costs associated with air freight,
which will be increasingly challenging to
recover given the assumption that GDP
growth is low in this scenario.
• Broaden analysis on severe weather
events across our network, assess the
impact on product/distribution flow and
improve business continuity planning
initiatives.
• Assess resilience of our supply chain and
need for a localised/regionalised strategy.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
115Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Developing a climate-resilient
business model
We recognise we have a
responsibility to care for the
natural environment while we
pursue our business goals.
Climate change is a growing concern among
our customers, investors and our own people.
Climate change will negatively impact future
generations – including the quality of life and
health outcomes of patients. Our approach is to
operate our business in a resilient, efficient and
responsible manner while improving care and
outcomes for patients and creating a positive
lasting impact on society and the environment.
The work we have done to plan and prepare
for the future has allowed us to mitigate some
of the current impacts of climate change and
reduce their effect. The different potential
climate futures that lie ahead will provide
both risks and opportunities for businesses,
and with this will come significant uncertainty.
How climate change will impact our business,
including the risks and opportunities presented,
will need to be regularly monitored and
reviewed so that we can continue to maintain a
resilient business.
We recognise it is important that we strive for
continuous improvement, to mitigate and adapt
to climate change, like we do in all areas of our
business.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
116Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
OUR APPROACH TO TRANSITION PLANNING
Identify opportunities to minimise the
environmental impact of our products
and operations, increase our business
resilience and enable sustainable
profitable growth
Integrate transition planning into
our long-term business planning and
include implementation plans into our
annual business planning cycles
Understand the impact of climate
change on our business through
scenario analyses and develop
potential ways to respond and
manage risks
CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT TO ENABLE TRANSITION AND BUILD RESILIENCE
LONG-TERM FOCUS
Operate our business in a resilient, efficient and
responsible manner, while improving care and outcomes
for patients and creating a positive lasting impact on
society and the environment.
RESPONSE TO CLIMATE CHANGE
Ecodesign in R&DDecarbonisationProduct supply network design
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
117Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Ecodesign in R&D
We intend to embed environmental
considerations into product development
as a means of minimising the
environmental impacts of a product
throughout its full life cycle. We want to
reduce total global carbon emissions and
enable our customers to do the same.
We see carbon intensity as a design
challenge that requires a deep
understanding of the impact of our
operations and therapies on total carbon
emissions.
We enable our R&D engineers to adopt
Ecodesign thinking during the design
phase. We provide guidance on low-
carbon materials, life cycle assessments
and clinical impact, facilitate collaboration
across R&D teams and pilot programmes
to identify Ecodesign opportunities and
continuously improve our approach.
We understand that embedding
Ecodesign is a medium to longer term
objective given the nature of product
development and our product life cycles.
Decarbonisation
Over the years we have identified a number of
carbon reduction initiatives across the business.
These initiatives have informed the development
of our carbon reduction plans as we work towards
net zero CO
2
e by 2050. In addition to Ecodesign,
we consider carbon impacts and sustainability
objectives when assessing our infrastructure,
operations and supply chain.
Key initiatives include:
• Implementing renewable energy infrastructure
at our manufacturing sites, such as installation
of solar arrays to help reduce our emissions.
• In the near term, investing in renewable energy
certificates; and in the medium – long term
exploring renewable energy solutions for our
manufacturing sites and strategic sites overseas.
• Using electric and hybrid vehicles across our
sales operations. Our transition to an electric
fleet is dependent on local infrastructure to
support use of EVs by our sales teams.
• Focusing on the materials we source and
the supplier practices that have a significant
impact on our carbon footprint. Through our
ESR engagement programme, we collaborate
with our suppliers to continuously improve
performance, raise standards across our global
network, and educate and support them to
create better outcomes, including the reduction
of carbon emissions.
• Adopting low-carbon freight options, routes and
transport types.
We continue to build our understanding of
how carbon impacts our business. We conduct
annual surveillance of carbon pricing and policy
developments across our global markets. We
are developing internal carbon cost tools and
an internal carbon price model to factor carbon
impacts into our decision-making.
Product supply network design
We also consider climate-related impacts when
assessing our infrastructure, operations and
supply chain as we build resilience.
Network design
Our approach is to develop a global network
that can respond to customer and market
requirements, enables innovation and builds
resilience. Climate-related impacts are considered
during site selection and when building new
infrastructure.
Operations
We build resilience by implementing water
treatment and re-use systems in water-scarce
areas such as Tijuana, Mexico, and integrating
solar arrays into our infrastructure in New
Zealand and Mexico, to grow our solar-generated
electricity capacity over time.
Manufacturing
We seek to improve efficiency and utilisation
within our operations to reduce waste in our
manufacturing operations.
Supply chain
We develop our understanding of supplier
vulnerabilities and collaborate with our suppliers
through our ESR engagement programme, and
gain insights into weather events and how they
impact our supply chain.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
118Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Capital deployment and investment
Alignment with capital deployment and funding processes
Climate-related risks and opportunities are considered when deploying
capital and making funding decisions in relation to projects that:
• Support our decarbonisation efforts, including renewable energy
infrastructure, and purchasing renewable energy certificates
• Build resilience in our manufacturing infrastructure, including our
water treatment plant at Tijuana, Mexico.
We do not set long-term specific climate-related targets in respect to
capital deployment spend. We continue to integrate climate risk and
opportunities as relevant throughout the business when decisions are
being made in relation to capital deployment and investment.
Investment in climate-related initiatives
Investment in R&D is fundamental to how we deliver value and
ensure we can develop better technology that enhances patient care.
We consistently invest in R&D, and through our Ecodesign programme,
our R&D investment aims to minimise the environmental impacts of
our products.
During the 2025 financial year, we assessed the feasibility of significantly
increasing our solar rooftop arrays at our East Tāmaki campus in
New Zealand. We already have a small solar array that was installed
between 2015 to 2017. Since its installation, we have developed our
understanding of practical generation maintenance and return of
solar generation at our site. Based on this, we assessed future needs
to identify an optimal solution for solar energy that meets our long-
term infrastructure growth needs and is aligned to our environmental
sustainability objectives. During the 2025 financial year, we entered
into a power purchase agreement (with a future option to purchase)
whereby 5.6 megawatts of solar rooftop arrays will be installed across
two buildings at our site. Construction of the solar arrays will commence
in the 2026 financial year.
During the 2025 financial year, we have been reviewing our processes
to collect and transform global carbon data in order to have data
available to make informed decisions about carbon impacts on our
business and meet our GHG reporting obligations. We have also been
exploring ways to optimise the collection of our global carbon data
and create efficiencies in our business practices, including investigating
software tools and platforms.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissionsStrategy
119Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Metrics and targets
MetricMethod / AssumptionsCommentary
GHG emission intensity (tonnes CO
2
e/revenue
NZ$M)
Calculated using Scope 2 market-based methodology in
accordance with the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.
FY24: 146.7
FY25: 138.9
GHG emission intensity has decreased compared to
the prior financial year, largely driven by an increase in
revenue.
Purchase of certified renewable energy certificates
– in respect of electricity consumed by F&P at our
New Zealand sites
New Zealand Energy Certificates (NZ ECs) are acquired
through the New Zealand Energy Certificate System
(NZECS) platform operated by BraveTrace. Issuance and
redemption of NZ ECs are performed in accordance with
the NZECS rules
1
. NZECS certificates adhere to criteria
for the market-based approach to emissions allocation as
defined by the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.
FY24: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 28,578,000
kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore
hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.
FY25: NZ ECs were redeemed in respect of 29,563,000
kWh of renewable energy generated from the Benmore
hydro station, owned and operated by Meridian Energy.
R&D spendInvestment in Ecodesign activities are included within
the total R&D spend. We do not separately allocate R&D
spend to Ecodesign initiatives.
FY24: 11% of operating revenue spent on R&D
FY25: 11% of operating revenue spent on R&D
Executive management’s discretionary annual
variable remuneration (DAVR)
DAVR includes non-financial measures which have a 20%
weighting. Refer to the ‘Executive remuneration’ section
of the annual report on page82 for further details.
During the financial years 2024 and 2025, environmental
measures supporting decarbonisation were included
within the DAVR non-financial measures.
1 For further details on the BraveTrace programme, refer to https://bravetrace.co.nz/renewable-electricity/
Refer to climate-related risks and opportunities on pages 106-115 for metrics related to our assets and/or business activities vulnerable to climate-related
risks (and aligned to opportunities). Our understanding of vulnerabilities and opportunities identified from our climate scenario analyses is ongoing. We
see the assessment of business exposure as linked to the financial modelling of anticipated financial impacts (we have taken Adoption Provision 2).
GHG Scope 1 and 2 target
Aligned with the goals of the Paris Agreement to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius, we are working toward net zero CO
2
e by 2050. Setting
near-term targets helps to guide us in the right direction.
In 2019 we engaged with the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi) to set our GHG targets. SBTi is a corporate climate action organisation which
supports companies to set greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets in line with what is needed to meet the goals of the Paris Agreement.
We have set an absolute target to achieve a 67% reduction in our Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 2034 from a 2019 baseline (11,198 tCO
2
e).
Targets were set using SBTi methodology. Our overall Scope 1 and 2 emissions have increased since setting our target. This is largely due to our response
to the global COVID-19 pandemic and the increase in production capacity over this period. Refer to page 121 for further details on our GHG emissions.
We also set a Scope 3 supplier engagement target which was set to be completed in 2024 and is in the process of being reviewed.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyGreenhouse gas emissionsMetrics and targets
120Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Greenhouse gas emissions
We have been measuring our greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions since 2012. Over this time, we have improved our measurement processes and subsequent
assurance of our carbon footprint. We have progressively expanded the geographical boundary of our footprint and the scope of emissions sources.
GHG emissions in FY25
Our total emissions (location-based) for the year ended 31 March 2025 were 281,571 tCO
2
e, representing a 9% increase (23,845 tCO
2
e) compared to the
previous financial year, primarily driven by Scope 3, category 11 emissions as a result of a higher number of units placed connected to the voluntary recall of
Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices manufactured before 14 August 2017.
1
The table below details our GHG emissions for Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.
GHG emissions (tonnes CO
2
e) FY2023 FY2024 FY2025
Scope 1 Total Scope 1
2
2,3292,0132,295
Scope 2Total Scope 2 (location-based) 14,52914,29313,232
Scope 2 (market-based) 11,10512,25312,406
Scope 3 Total Scope 3310,697241,420266,044
Category 1: Purchased goods and services
3,4
116,91180,07188,220
Category 2: Capital goods7,83211,0646,893
Category 3: Fuel and energy related activities1,9871,5524,909
Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution28,71221,82022,651
Category 5: Waste generated in operations9121,108858
Category 6: Business travel9,0907,76 913,690
5
Category 7: Employee commuting8,7678,2257,554
Category 9: Downstream transportation and distribution2,2342,088590
Category 11: Use of sold products
6
128,559102,013117,249
Category 12: End of life treatment of sold products5,6935,7103,430
Total GHG emissions (location-based)327,5552 57, 7 2 6281,571
Total GHG emissions (market-based)324,131255,686280,745
GHG emission intensity (tonnes CO
2
e/revenue NZ$M)
7
205.0146.7 138.9
8
1 Refer to page 123 for further detail on treatment of this voluntary recall.
2 Our emissions inventory in FY24 overestimated 110 tCO
2
e, and FY23 omitted
41 tCO
2
e natural gas consumed at an offshore location. During FY25 we have
recalculated and restated our FY23 and FY24 Scope 1 emissions to address
this.
3 In line with the Cool Food Pledge methodology (World Resources Institute,
Technical note, 2019), emissions have been restated to remove carbon
opportunity cost related to food purchased for our New Zealand and Mexico
cafeterias. Carbon opportunity cost is not within the scope of GHG Protocol.
This has resulted in reduced emissions of ~17,600 tCO
2
e in FY23 and ~12,600
tCO
2
e in FY24.
4 Our emissions inventory in FY24 incorrectly applied spend-based data
associated with the Karaka land purchase. We have recalculated and restated
our FY24 Scope 3, category 1 emissions to address this, leading to a
reduction of ~12,100 tCO
2
e in FY24.
5 During FY25 our US sales team held its annual sales meetings in New Zealand.
While these meetings are usually held in the US, occasionally we bring our
people to NZ so they can connect with our R&D, quality and manufacturing
teams, and align on strategic priorities. This has resulted in an increase in
kilometres travelled and being an activity-based calculation, has led to an
increase in business travel emissions for FY25.
6 FY24 has been restated to ensure consistency with presentation in the
current period. Following a revision of key estimates for electricity usage and
medical gas used in calculating use of sold products emissions, this
restatement reduced emissions for FY24 by ~36,500 tCO
2
e. Changes in FY23
emissions for electricity usage have not been restated as the difference was
not considered significant. Emissions from medical gases were not reported
in FY23, we reported these emissions for the first time in FY24. Accordingly,
we have restated FY24 for this change in estimate. FY23 has not been
restated to reflect emissions from medical gases, as we did not have the data
to support a reasonable estimate. Refer to page 123 for further information.
7 GHG emission intensity calculated using Scope 2 market-based
methodology. GHG emission intensity metric has not been subject to PwC
assurance procedures.
8 GHG emission intensity has decreased when compared to the prior two
financial periods, largely driven by increased revenue.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions
121Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Assurance of GHG emissions
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has provided independent, third-
party limited assurance over our 2025 financial year group-wide GHG
emissions (tonnes CO
2
e) footprint presented in the climate-related
disclosures as described in the assurance report on pages 168-170.
For the financial year 2024 and prior periods, a verification engagement
was performed by Toitū Envirocare (acting through Enviro-mark
Solutions Limited). A verification report was issued in accordance with
ISO 14064-3:2019 and the requirements of the Toitū carbonreduce
programme. For more information on the assurance outcome of the
verification engagement, refer to the FY2024 Toitu carbonreduce
statement on our website: www.fphcare.com.
Methods, assumptions and uncertainties in
estimating GHG emissions
GHG emissions have been measured in accordance with the Greenhouse
Gas Protocol – a Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard (GHG
Protocol), the GHG Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting
and Reporting Standard and the GHG Protocol Scope 2 Guidance.
GHG emissions have been consolidated using the operational control
approach. The scope of our emissions inventory covers all activities within
the operational boundaries of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation
Limited globally, including head offices, sales offices and manufacturing
sites. This includes any facilities under construction. No material facilities,
operations or assets have been excluded from our organisational boundary.
Emission categories
Scope 1 includes direct GHG emissions from sources that we own or control.
This includes the fuel used in vehicles we own or lease, natural gas and
fugitive emissions generated through the use of refrigerants. Emissions
are calculated using an activity-based method. Estimates are used
where volume data is not available. Estimated activity data accounts for
approximately 20% of Scope 1 emissions (tCO
2
e).
1
Scope 2 (location and market-based) includes indirect GHG emissions from
the generation of electricity we purchase, calculated using supplier-based
activity data and country-specific emission factors (EFs). Using a location-
based methodology, electricity use generated 13,232 tCO
2
e.
Our Scope 2 (location-based) emissions decreased in the 2025 financial
year. This was the result of a change to the International Energy Agency
(IEA) emission factor for Mexico which is used to determine Scope 2
emissions generated by our Tijuana manufacturing facilities.
Our Scope 2 (market-based) emissions generated 12,406 tCO
2
e. This reflects
the purchase of Renewable Energy Certificates (RECs) in the 2025 financial
year in respect of energy use in our New Zealand and UK operations.
RECs certify that the electricity purchased by our New Zealand and UK
operations is from renewable sources. Where RECs show that energy
consumption is from renewable sources, we recognise emissions as zero. For all
other Scope 2 (market-based) emissions, we calculate energy consumption
using the residual mix factor of the country of emission consumption, or, if no
residual mix factor is available, we use location-based factors. Residual mix
factors sourced from Carbon Database Initiative (CaDi) 2022, EU Association
of Issuing Bodies (AIB) 2022 and BraveTrace 2024 are used to calculate
Scope 2 (market-based) emissions. The net proceeds of the purchase of
New Zealand RECs are reinvested into community decarbonisation projects.
1 For further information on emission factors used, refer to page 124.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions
122Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
1 Estimates used in calculations were revised in FY25. Refer to page 124 for additional information.
Scope 3 includes indirect GHG emissions generated by our suppliers, customers and employees (included within category 7, employee commuting).
The most significant sources of Scope 3 emissions are discussed in further detail below:
Category 1: Purchased goods and services
This category includes any upstream emissions generated by the
consumption of raw materials, components, packaging and services
that are acquired to create and distribute our products. This includes
both production-related goods and services as well as emissions from
non-production related goods and services.
37% of emissions associated with purchased goods are determined
by an activity-based method using volume data (including resin, food,
pallets, etc.) Other purchased goods use a spend-based method.
Emissions from purchased services (including ICT services, marketing,
consultancy, etc.) are also calculated using spend data sourced from
our internal financial systems multiplied by the relevant emission
factors.
We have applied several 2022 US Environmental Protection Agency
Emission Factors (2022 US EPA EFs) to spend-based data in Scope
3 category 1. Where we have used supplier-provided volume data,
we have used EFs sourced from GaBi 2025 and UK Department
for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS) 2024. Emissions
associated with the purchase of food for our New Zealand and
Mexico cafeterias have been calculated using the Cool Food Pledge
2022 calculator.
Category 4: Upstream transportation and distribution
Core freight services include inbound and outbound transportation
from manufacturing sites to sales offices or global customers, local
freight, port to office/warehouse, and office/warehouse to customer.
Our largest freight forwarder suppliers across New Zealand, Mexico,
the UK and the US provide us with tonne/km data, which we use
to derive full-year consumption and convert to tCO
2
e using EFs
from BEIS and the Ministry for the Environment in New Zealand.
Both inbound and outbound freight, paid for by us, are classified as
upstream transportation and distribution under GHG Protocol and
includes all items shipped. Where tonne/km data is not available,
we use spend-based data and 2022 US EPA EFs.
Category 11: Use of sold products
Energy consumption during the use phase of sold products is
the largest contributor to our Scope 3 footprint. The total energy
consumption for the lifetime of a product is reflected in the emission
calculation in the year of sale and are included within the Scope 3,
category 11 emissions. Annual category 11 emission levels are based
on total estimated future energy consumption of our products, as at
the point of sale, and current location-based grid emission factors.
Grid emission factors, where available, are sourced from the 2022 IEA
database and applied based on the location where the product was
sold. We assume that devices remain, and are operated in, the country
they are sold into.
Emissions are estimated using actual sales volume data by country
as well as assumptions on use of sold products by our engineers who
design our products. There is a higher level of estimation uncertainty
around the average number of hours our products are in use for as
they are subject to clinician decisions outside of our control.
1
We have included the full lifetime of emissions associated with
voluntary product recall replacement devices which have been
distributed in the 2025 financial year. This has resulted in an addition
of ~7,300 tCO
2
e to this financial year’s GHG footprint. GHG emissions
associated with recalled devices have not been removed from previous
year(s) GHG emissions given these devices were recalled in the final
years of their estimated use life.
Medical gases: We have included emissions associated with medical
gases where medical gas is a part of our therapies and not solely
dependent on clinician choice. Emissions are calculated using actual
sales data, as well as indicative gas volumes and average procedure
lengths as determined by our engineers who design our products.
There is a higher level of estimation uncertainty around average
procedure lengths and gas volumes as they are subject to clinician
decisions outside of our control. We have applied 2022 US EPA EFs to
spend-based data.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions
123Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Emissions source Explanation
Technology
acquisition
programme assets
Hardware devices (manufactured by F&P) that we hold as property,
plant and equipment. This hardware is available to customers who
commit to purchasing a certain level of consumable items.
We do not have a way of tracking devices which are used by
multiple customers over their lifetime. Inclusion would lead to double
counting of emissions on each issue to customer(s). These units
represent a very small percentage of total sales volume.
Karaka, Auckland
site - downstream
Emissions from our Karaka site are currently immaterial for
inclusion.
F&P NeopuffThe F&P Neopuff is a reusable, manually operated, gas-powered
resuscitator which provides ventilatory support to neonates and
infants with respiratory insufficiency. Due to insufficient available
data, we have not included medical gas required to operate these
devices in this year’s GHG footprint.
Emission factors
GHG Protocol provides guidance around data hierarchies where activity
data will provide the greatest level of precision and, in the absence of
activity data, spend-based data will provide a lower level of precision.
We follow an internally generated emission factor (EF) rule hierarchy
which is used to determine the most appropriate EF to use for each of the
GHG categories. Our hierarchy is as follows:
1) Country-specific EF
2) Neighbouring country (with a similar ‘profile’ e.g. 50% hydro-electric) EF
3) Regional EF
4) Default EF (provided by a global organisation such as IEA)
Emission factors have been sourced from several databases. We use the
latest available EF sources available at 31 March 2025, this includes a mix
of 2024 and prior year emission factors.
1
Due to the time lag on publication
of sources of EFs, this means some EFs are dated prior to 2025. Our GHG
emissions are calculated using a number of methods, including activity
data multiplied by relevant EFs. We use primary data directly from our
suppliers, where this is available and practical to collect. Where primary
data is not easily obtainable, without undue cost or effort, emissions have
been estimated using spend data and an appropriate conversion factor to
estimate the emissions.
The majority of our financial year 2025 emissions have been calculated
using US EPA 2022 spend-based EFs, IEA 2024 and BEIS 2024 EFs.
US EPA Emission Factors
We consider the application of 2022 US Environmental Protection Agency
Emission Factors (US EPA EFs) to spend-based data provide us with a
more accurate input to determine our Scope 3, categories 1, 2, 4, 6, 9 and 11
emissions when compared to alternatives (including New Zealand spend-
based EFs). US EPA EFS are used to calculate 31% of our GHG footprint.
We have reviewed alternative spend-based EFs and have determined
that the alternatives do not have sufficient granularity and there is limited
information relating to methodology which is used to determine the EFs.
Use of US EPA EFs require conversion of spend from local currency to
USD. Movement in the US dollar will have an associated impact on our
carbon emissions. By using US EPA EFs, as the US dollar strengthens (for
example, moves from USD:NZD 0.64 to USD:NZD 0.57), tCO
2
e emissions
will reduce and vice versa.
1 Emission factors used apply a mix of IPCC Assessment Report AR4, AR5 and AR6 global warming potentials
(GWPs) that have been assigned to the emission factor by relevant reporting authorities.
2 Refer footnote 6 on page 121 for details of restatements.
Changes in estimates
In the 2025 financial year, the calculation methodology for the use of sold
products has been revised to include:
• greater accuracy in the measure of electricity used to power devices
sold (impact on FY24 ~12,500 reduction tCO
2
e).
• more accurate pricing appropriate for spend-based calculation of
medical gas emissions (impact on FY24 ~24,000 reduction tCO
2
e).
Where significant, these changes necessitated a restatement of the
emissions for the use of sold products in comparative periods.
2
Excluded emissions sources
In our GHG inventory, certain emissions sources have been excluded as
they account for less than one percent of the total emissions within their
respective categories, and their total emissions and removals do not
exceed five percent of either Scope 1 or Scope 2 or five percent of each
Scope 3 sub-category. As such, they are not considered significant for our
inventory, its intended use, or for users relying on this data.
The following emissions sources have been excluded from the GHG
emissions inventory:
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
About our disclosuresGovernanceRisk managementStrategyMetrics and targetsGreenhouse gas emissions
124Fisher & Paykel Healthcare | ANNUAL REPORT 2025
125Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
FINANCIALS
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
126Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
The financial commentary below provides an overview of the financial results for the year
ended 31 March 2025. Readers should refer to the following financial statements and notes
for an understanding of the basis on which the financial results are determined.
INCOME STATEMENTS
Year ended 31 March
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Change
Reported
%
Change
CC
1
%
Operating revenue 1,742.82,021.0 +16+14
Gross profit 1,044.41,270.9+22+18
Gross margin 59.9%62.9%296 bps247 bps
SG&A expenses (492.8)(534.4)+8+8
R&D expenses (198.2)(226.9)+14+14
Total operating expenses (691.0)(761.3)+10+10
Operating profit 353.4509.6 +44+36
Operating margin 20.3%25.2%494 bps377 bps
Revaluation of land(98.1)–––
Profit before financing and tax255.3509.6+100+97
Net financing expense (19.6) (6.3)-68-56
Profit before tax 235.7503.3+114+107
Tax expense(103.1)(126.1)+22+18
Profit after tax132.6377.2+184+180
Underlying profit after tax
2
264.4377.2+43+30
1 Constant currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the Group’s
underlying comparative financial performance without any impact from changes in foreign exchange rates. See further
details on page 130.
2 Underlying profit after tax has been presented excluding the impact of abnormal items occurring during the 2024
financial year. A reconciliation is set out on page 127.
Total profit after tax for the year was $377.2 million, a 184% increase from last year, or 180%
in constant currency. Excluding the impact of the land revaluation, voluntary product recall
and deferred tax liability recognised on buildings in the 2024 financial year, profit after tax
(“Underlying profit after tax”) increased by 43% or 30% in constant currency.
Revenue
Operating revenue was $2,021.0 million, a 16% increase from the prior corresponding
period or 14% in constant currency. Hospital revenue had a strong year with an 18%
increase in reported and 16% in constant currency. The Hospital product group continued
to see strong demand across the product portfolio, including hardware. Homecare revenue
also delivered strong growth, up 13% or 11% in constant currency with OSA masks revenue
growth of 14% or 11% constant currency.
Gross margin
Gross margin at 62.9% increased by 247 basis points in constant currency from last year.
Excluding the impact of the prior year’s voluntary product recall, underlying gross margin
increased by 129 basis points in constant currency. This reflects the continued progress
of our improvement initiatives and overhead efficiency. The recently announced tariffs on
products imported into the United States have had no impact on the financial results for
the year ended 31 March 2025.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses increased 10% both in reported and constant currency to $761.3 million
reflecting our ongoing investment in sales, marketing and R&D to support the development
of our product pipeline and our global sales growth. The operating margin at 25.2%
improved by 260 basis points in constant currency from underlying 2024 operating margin.
This reflects the gross margin improvement and operating leverage.
R&D spend of $226.9 million grew 14%, in line with our constant currency revenue growth.
Financing expenses
Interest expense reduced to $11.1 million (2024: $18.2 million) due to lower average
borrowings during the year. Interest income increased by $1.0 million to $4.3 million.
Net foreign exchange gains on translation of foreign currency assets and liabilities this year
were $0.5 million (2024: $4.7 million loss).
Ta x
The effective tax rate was 25.1% (underlying 2024: 25.3%). The R&D tax credit of
$20.4 million for this period (2024: $18.0 million) represents the estimated eligible R&D
expenditure incurred during the year. Excluding the R&D tax credit, the effective tax rate
was 29.1% (underlying 2024: 30.5%).
Financial commentary
Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial commentary
127Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
UNDERLYING FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE
While we understand the importance
of reported profits meeting the
NZ IFRS standards, we believe the
underlying profit measurements
assist readers to better understand
the Group’s financial performance,
and against which comparative
performance should be considered.
During the 2024 financial year, net
profit after tax included the expense
associated with the voluntary
Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 product recall,
revaluation of the land in Karaka,
New Zealand, and the tax expense
associated with the removal of
building depreciation deductibility in
New Zealand. We believe the financial
impact of each of these distorted the
reported financial results for the year
ended 31 March 2024, and a more
meaningful representation of the
performance of our business for this
year is the underlying result. We have
included the reconciliation of the
impact of each of the abnormal items
to the “underlying” 31 March 2024
income statement.
There have been no abnormal items
in the year ended 31 March 2025. This
reconciliation shows the underlying
growth rates in 2025 compared to the
underlying 2024 income statement.
2024 2025
Adjustments for abnormal items
Year ended 31 March
Reported
NZ$M
Product
recall
NZ$M
Revaluation
of land
NZ$M
Deferred
tax*
NZ$M
Underlying
NZ$M
Reported
NZ$M
Underlying
growth
change
%
Underlying
growth
change (CC)
%
Operating revenue 1,742.8–––1,742.82,021.0+16+14
Cost of sales (698.4)20.0––(678.4)(750.1)+11+10
Gross profit 1,044.420.0––1,064.41,270.9+19+16
Gross margin 59.9%61.1%62.9%+181 bps+129 bps
SG&A expenses (492.8)–––(492.8)(534.4)+8+8
R&D expenses (198.2)–––(198.2)(226.9)+14+14
Total operating expenses (691.0)–––(691.0)(761.3)+10+10
Operating profit 353.420.0––373.4509.6+36+28
Operating margin 20.3%21.4%25.2%+379 bps+260 bps
Revaluation of land (98.1)–98.1–––
Profit before financing and tax 255.320.098.1–373.4509.6+36+28
Net financing expense (19.6)–––(19.6)(6.3)-68-56
Profit before tax 235.720.098.1–353.8503.3+42+32
Tax expense (103.1)(5.6)–19.3(89.4)(126.1)+41+39
Profit after tax 132.614.498.119.3264.4377.2+43+30
Basic earnings per share 22.8 cps45.4 cps64.4 cps
Diluted earnings per share 22.6 cps45.1 cps63.9 cps
* Deferred tax on removal of building depreciation
Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial commentary
128Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
FOREIGN CURRENCY IMPACTS
The Group is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates, with approximately 99%
of operating revenue generated in currencies other than NZD as shown below.
Over 60% of COGS and over 50% of operating expenses are in currencies other than NZD.
Foreign currency impacts had a favourable effect of $38.9 million on net profit after tax
when compared to the prior year. Net foreign exchange gains on balance sheet translations
increased profit after tax for the year by $0.1 million (2024: $1.1 million increase). The
hedging programme contributed a pre-tax gain of $7.0 million (2024: $1.9 million gain).
The average daily spot rate, the average conversion exchange rate (the accounting rate,
incorporating the settlement of forward exchange contracts in the relevant financial year)
and the closing spot rate of the main foreign currency exposures for the reported periods
are set out in the table below.
Average daily
spot rate
Average conversion
exchange rateClosing spot rate
Year ended 31 March202420252024202520242025
USD0.6100.5950.6580.6170.5990.571
EUR 0.5620.5530.5440.5370.5540.527
MXN10.5611.3713.0212.429.9111.67
Foreign exchange hedging position
In line with our hedging programme, additional hedges have been added for future years.
The hedging position for our main currency exposures as at 12 May 2025 is:
Year to 31 March20262027202820292030
2031
-2035
+
USD % cover of expected exposure 90%70%65%50%45%0%
USD average rate of cover 0.6050.5980.5860.5740.5590.536
EUR % cover of expected exposure 85%70%65%50%45%10%
EUR average rate of cover 0.5350.5290.5240.5100.5010.464
MXN % cover of expected exposure 80%60%20%10%0%
MXN average rate of cover 12.3112.8713.7914.4115.06
Hedging cover has been rounded to the nearest 5%.
+ 2031 – 2035 shows average % cover of expected exposure and rate of cover for the five-year period.
CASH FLOWS
The full statement of cash flows is provided on page 134.
Year ended 31 March
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Change
NZ$M
Operating profit 353.4509.6156.2
Plus depreciation and amortisation114.3139.925.6
Change in working capital and other30.4(1.0)(31.4)
Net interest paid(16.7)(9.5)7.2
Net income tax paid(51.8)(90.4)(38.6)
Operating cash flows429.6 548.6119.0
Lease repayments(16.8)(18.5)(1.7)
Purchase of land and buildings(251.3)(21.6)229.7
Purchase of plant and equipment(65.5)(52.0)13.5
Purchase of intangible assets(22.2)(29.4)(7.2)
Free cash flows73.8427.1353.3
Dividends paid(145.5)(195.9)(50.4)
+ Free cash flows include lease liability repayments following the adoption of NZ IFRS 16.
US dollars 50%
Mexican pesos 1%
Other currencies 29%
Euros 19%
New Zealand dollars 1%
Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial commentary
129Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Operating cash flows
Cash flows from operations for the period increased by $119.0 million to $548.6 million
(2024: $429.6 million). The strong operating cash flows benefited from the increase in profit
excluding non-cash items, more than offsetting the increased tax payment and the increase
in net working capital. Tax payments have normalised this year after being lower in the prior
period from prepayments in the 2023 financial year.
Capital expenditure
During the period, $103.0 million was spent on capital expenditure (excluding leased
assets), including the East Tāmaki campus development for the car park and earthworks
and design for our fifth building. We continue to invest in manufacturing production
equipment and patents.
Dividends
The dividends paid of $195.9 million increased 35% from the prior period due to the
suspension of the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRP) from the 2025 interim dividend paid
in December 2024. Prior to the DRP suspension, $49.7 million of dividends were reinvested
as new shares during the year (2024: $92.6 million reinvested).
BALANCE SHEET
As at 31 March
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Change
NZ$M
Trade receivables219.5263.1 43.6
Inventories320.4342.922.5
Less trade and other payables
+
(111.3)(150.3)(39.0)
Working capital428.6455.727.1
Property, plant and equipment
++
1,340.01,338.5(1.5)
Intangible assets88.4 82.1(6.3)
Lease liabilities (74.9)(89.3)(14.4)
Other net assets (liabilities)9.2 (97.1) (106.3)
Net cash (debt)(32.2) 200.5 232.7
Net assets1,759.11,890.4131.3
+ Trade and other payables exclude all non-current payables and all employee entitlements and provisions
++ Property, plant and equipment includes lease assets recognised
Trade receivables have increased by $43.6 million at 31 March 2025 reflecting favourable
exchange rates and revenue growth. Our debtor days were within the normal range at
44 days (March 2024: 45 days). Inventories increased by $22.5 million from March 2024
primarily in finished goods reflecting business growth. Trade and other payables increase
includes timing associated with inventory purchases and payments to suppliers.
Property, plant and equipment (excluding leased assets) decreased by $10.0 million in
the year. Depreciation of $86.4 million more than offset the additions of $73.8 million.
The additions include the East Tāmaki campus development. The movement also includes
$5.7 million of favourable foreign currency translation.
Net intangible assets decreased $6.3 million. Additions in patents and trademarks
spending was $22.3 million and software spending was $4.0 million for the year.
Other net assets/liabilities movements of $106.3 million included the movements from
derivative financial instruments, provisions and net deferred tax assets.
The derivative financial instruments net liabilities of $46.2 million at 31 March 2025
compared to $59.0 million net assets at 31 March 2024. This is primarily due to the
change in exchange rates at 31 March 2025 compared to 31 March 2024 – with the
corresponding offset in the cash flow hedge reserve. All currency derivatives continued
to be effective hedges.
In March 2024, the Group initiated a voluntary limited recall of Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2
devices manufactured before 14 August 2017. During the year, the Group has utilised
$12.2 million of the total provision related to recall costs incurred to date, reducing the
recall provision to $7.8 million (31 March 2024: $20.0 million).
Net deferred tax assets increased by $59.5 million to $146.4 million at 31 March 2025,
mainly due to movements in derivative instrument valuations.
Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial commentary
130Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Net cash and debt facilities
As at 31 March
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Change
NZ$M
Loans and borrowings
– Current(77.4)(59.7)17.7
– Non-current(35.7)–35.7
Bank overdrafts(1.1)(4.3)(3.2)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
+
(114.2)(64.0)50.2
Total cash and investments 82.0 264.5 182.5
Net (debt) cash(32.2) 200.5 232.7
Gearing1.8%-11.6%–
Undrawn committed debt facilities544.3 520.3 (24.0)
Undrawn uncommitted debt and
overdraft facilities
82.091.09.0
+ Excluding lease liabilities
As at 31 March 2025, the average maturity of loans and borrowings of $59.7 million was 0.9
years. The currency split for loans and borrowings was 94% US dollars and 6% Australian
dollars. During the year, US$40.0 million of committed borrowing facilities matured and
were not renewed. Within the next 12 months, four facilities totalling $180.0 million will
expire, of which $60.0 million was drawn at 31 March 2025.
Cash and cash equivalents were $264.5 million at 31 March 2025. This balance, operating cash
generated in the 2026 financial year and available borrowing facilities will fund the ongoing
capital expenditure, New Zealand tax payments and the payment for the final dividend.
Gearing
1
At 31 March 2025, the Group had net cash of $200.5 million and net gearing ratio of -11.6%.
This was below the target gearing range of -5% to +5%. The construction of the fifth
building at our East Tāmaki campus and final payments for the Karaka land acquisition over
the next few years are expected to increase the gearing ratio.
NOTES - CONSTANT CURRENCY
Constant currency analysis is non–Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP)
financial information, that is not prepared in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents
to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS). Constant currency information
has been provided to assist users of financial information to better understand and assess
the Group’s financial performance without the impacts of foreign currency fluctuations,
including hedging results.
Constant currency financial information is prepared each month to enable the Board
and management to monitor and assess the Group’s underlying comparative financial
performance without any distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates. Constant
currency information is prepared on a consistent basis for reported periods restated into
NZD based on “constant” exchange rates, typically the budgeted exchange rates for the
current year. This information excludes the impact of movements in foreign exchange rates,
hedging results and balance sheet translations.
The Group’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at
www.fphcare.com/ccf. PwC perform assurance procedures over the constant currency
information.
RECONCILIATION OF CONSTANT CURRENCY TO REPORTED PROFIT AFTER TAX
For the year ended 31 March
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Change
NZ$M
Profit after tax (constant currency) 114.1319.8 205.7
Spot exchange rate effect16.052.336.3
Foreign exchange hedging result 1.4 5.0 3.6
Balance sheet revaluation 1.1 0.1 (1.0)
Total impact of foreign exchange18.5 57.4 38.9
Profit after tax (reported) 132.6 377.2 244.6
RECONCILIATION OF CONSTANT CURRENCY TO REPORTED REVENUE
For the year ended 31 March
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Change
NZ$M
Operating revenue (constant currency) 1,697.11,929.1 232.0
Spot exchange rate effect 53.9 94.4 40.5
Foreign exchange hedging result (15.3)(2.5) 12.8
Balance sheet revaluation
2
7.1–(7.1)
Total impact of foreign exchange45.7 91.9 46.2
Operating revenue (reported) 1,742.8 2,021.0 278.2
The significant exchange rates used in the constant currency analysis, being the budget
exchange rates for the year ended 31 March 2025, are USD 0.64, EUR 0.57, JPY 88, MXN 11.0.
1 Net interest-bearing debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments) to net interest-bearing
debt and equity (less hedging reserves). Net interest-bearing debt excludes lease liabilities.
2 From 1 April 2024, all foreign exchange gains and losses from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities are
presented within Net financing income / (expense).
Financial statementsNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial commentary
131Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
For the year ended 31 March 2025
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the year ended 31 March 2025
Notes
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Operating revenue 4 1,742.8 2,021.0
Cost of sales (698.4) (750.1)
Gross profit 1,044.4 1,270.9
Selling, general and administrative expenses (492.8) (534.4)
Research and development expenses (198.2) (226.9)
Total operating expenses (691.0) (761.3)
Operating profit 353.4 509.6
Revaluation of land 9 (98.1)–
Profit before financing and tax 255.3 509.6
Financing income 3.3 4.3
Financing expense (18.2) (11.1)
Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of foreign
currency assets and liabilities
(4.7) 0.5
Net financing expense (19.6) (6.3)
Profit before tax 5 235.7 503.3
Tax expense 11 (103.1) (126.1)
Profit after tax 132.6 377.2
Basic earnings per share 16 22.8 cps 64.4 cps
Diluted earnings per share 16 22.6 cps 63.9 cps
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.
Notes
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Profit after tax 132.6 377.2
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences on translation
of foreign operations
2.0 4.0
Hedging reserves
Changes in fair value in hedging reserves (14.7) (98.0)
Transfers to profit before tax from cash flow
hedge reserve
(3.1) (7.0)
Tax on above reserve movements11 5.0 29.4
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Revaluation of land 9 17.3 –
Other comprehensive income, net of tax 6.5 (71.6)
Total comprehensive income 139.1 305.6
Financial statements
Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial statements
132Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the year ended 31 March 2025
Notes
Share
capital
NZ$M
Retained
earnings
NZ$M
Reserves
NZ$M
Total
equity
NZ$M
Balance at 31 March 2023 303.7 1,200.5 249.2 1,753.4
Total comprehensive income – 132.6 6.5 139.1
Dividends paid 17 – (238.1) – (238.1)
Issue of share capital under the dividend reinvestment plan 15 92.6 – – 92.6
Issue of share capital under employee share plans 15 9.5 – – 9.5
Movement in share based payments reserve 17 – – 4.4 4.4
Movement in treasury shares 15 (1.8) – – (1.8)
Balance at 31 March 2024 404.0 1,095.0 260.1 1,759.1
Total comprehensive income – 377.2 (71.6) 305.6
Dividends paid 17 – (245.6) – (245.6)
Issue of share capital under the dividend reinvestment plan 15 49.7 – – 49.7
Issue of share capital under employee share plans 15 12.5 – – 12.5
Movement in share based payments reserve 17 – – 6.7 6.7
Movement in treasury shares 15 2.4 – – 2.4
Balance at 31 March 2025 468.6 1,226.6 195.2 1,890.4
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.
Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial statements
133Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As at 31 March 2025
Notes
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 82.0 264.5
Trade and other receivables 7 257.2 304.6
Inventories 8 320.4 342.9
Derivative financial instruments 6 36.3 9.9
Tax receivable 9.0 13.5
Total current assets 704.9 935.4
Non-current assets
Derivative financial instruments 6 53.5 38.6
Other receivables 2.4 1.1
Property, plant and equipment 9 1,340.0 1,338.5
Intangible assets 10 88.4 82.1
Deferred tax assets 11 92.5 155.1
Total assets 2,281.7 2,550.8
LIABILITIES
Current liabilities
Borrowings 12 78.5 64.0
Lease liabilities 12 17.7 22.4
Trade and other payables 13 219.9 271.8
Provisions 14 31.0 25.8
Tax payable 18.5 75.4
Derivative financial instruments 6 19.4 41.0
Total current liabilities 385.0 500.4
Notes
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 12 35.7 -
Lease liabilities 12 57.2 66.9
Provisions 14 6.3 5.5
Other payables 13 21.4 25.2
Derivative financial instruments 6 11.4 53.7
Deferred tax liabilities 11 5.6 8.7
Total liabilities 522.6 660.4
EQUITY
Share capital 15 404.0 468.6
Retained earnings 1,095.0 1,226.6
Reserves 17 260.1 195.2
Total equity 1,759.1 1,890.4
Total liabilities and equity 2,281.7 2,550.8
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.
On behalf of the Board
27 May 2025
Neville Mitchell Lewis Gradon
Board Chair Managing Director and
Chief Executive Officer
Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial statements
134Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
For the year ended 31 March 2025
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Receipts from customers 1,716.21,990.0
Interest received 3.23.9
Payments to suppliers and employees (1,218.1)(1,341.5)
Tax paid (51.8)(90.4)
Interest paid (16.4)(8.9)
Lease interest paid (3.5)(4.5)
Net cash flows from operating activities 429.6548.6
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property, plant and equipment (316.8)(73.6)
Purchases of intangible assets (22.2)(29.4)
Net cash flows from investing activities (339.0)(103.0)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Issue of share capital under employee share plans 3.03.1
New borrowings 300.6106.8
Repayment of borrowings (270.0)(163.7)
Lease liability payments (16.8)(18.5)
Dividends paid (145.5)(195.9)
Net cash flows from financing activities (128.7)(268.2)
Net increase (decrease) in cash (38.1)177.4
Opening cash 116.880.9
Effect of foreign exchange rates 2.21.9
Closing cash 80.9260.2
RECONCILIATION OF CLOSING CASH
Cash and cash equivalents 82.0264.5
Bank overdrafts (1.1)(4.3)
Closing cash 80.9260.2
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
CASH FLOW RECONCILIATION
Profit after tax 132.6377.2
Add (deduct) non-cash items:
Depreciation - right-of-use assets 17.720.9
Depreciation and amortisation - other assets 96.6119.0
Share based payments 10.811.2
Movement in provisions 9.0(6.0)
Movement in deferred tax assets / liabilities 10.2(26.0)
Movement in net tax payables 39.254.6
Foreign currency translation (0.7)3.3
Revaluation of land 98.1–
Other non-cash items 3.81.3
284.7178.3
Net working capital movements:
Trade and other receivables (38.5)(45.1)
Inventories 45.4(22.5)
Trade and other payables 5.460.7
12.3(6.9)
Net cash flows from operating activities 429.6548.6
The accompanying notes form an integral part of the financial statements.
Financial commentaryNotes to the financial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Financial statements
135Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
1. REPORTING ENTITY
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited (the “Company” or “Parent”) together
with its subsidiaries (the “Group”) is a leading designer, manufacturer and marketer of
medical device products and systems for use in both hospital and homecare settings.
Products are sold in over 120 countries worldwide. The Company is a limited liability
company incorporated and domiciled in New Zealand. The address of its registered
office is 15 Maurice Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland. These consolidated financial
statements were approved for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 May 2025.
2. BASIS OF PREPARATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
Statement of compliance
The Company is registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an FMC reporting entity
under Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. The Company is also listed on the
NZX and the ASX. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with the requirements of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
These consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2025 have been
prepared in accordance with New Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(NZ GAAP). They comply with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS), other New Zealand accounting standards and authoritative
notices that are applicable to entities that apply NZ IFRS. The consolidated financial
statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
The Group is a for-profit entity for the purposes of complying with NZ GAAP.
Basis of measurement
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost
convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities (including
derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss and/or other comprehensive
income, and the revaluation of land.
Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars (NZD),
which is the Company’s functional currency, to the nearest hundred thousand dollars
unless otherwise stated. Items included in the financial statements of each of the
subsidiaries are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment
in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”).
The Group operates as one integrated business, and the functional currency of all
material global operations is NZD, with the exception of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Mexico Properties S.A. de C.V. (“Mexico Properties”). Mexico Properties was established
for the purpose of holding the Group’s property in Mexico, and its functional currency
is United States dollars (USD).
The results and financial position of entities that have a different functional currency are
translated to NZD as follows: assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rate at
balance date and income statement items are translated at rates approximating the foreign
exchange rates ruling at the dates of transactions. Exchange differences are recognised in
other comprehensive income as a currency translation reserve movement.
Foreign currency transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the relevant functional currency at the
exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting
from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at period end exchange
rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in
the income statement, except when deferred in other comprehensive income as qualifying
cash flow hedges.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with NZ IFRS requires the use of
certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The Directors regularly review
all accounting policies and areas of judgement in presenting the financial statements.
Significant estimates are disclosed in each of the applicable notes to the financial
statements and are designated with an
symbol.
Material accounting policy information
Material accounting policy information is disclosed in each of the applicable notes to the
financial statements and are designated with an
symbol.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries
of the Group as at balance date and the results of all subsidiaries for the year then ended.
All subsidiaries are 100% owned within the Group.
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group
companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction
provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred.
Notes to the financial statements
For the year ended 31 March 2025
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
136Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
4. OPERATING REVENUE AND SEGMENTAL INFORMATION
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Sales revenue 1,758.1 2,023.5
Foreign exchange loss on hedged sales (15.3) (2.5)
Total operating revenue 1,742.8 2,021.0
Revenue by product group
Hospital products 1,087.9 1,280.3
Homecare products 652.3 739.9
1,740.2 2,020.2
Distributed and other products 2.6 0.8
Total operating revenue 1,742.8 2,021.0
Revenue after hedging by geographical location of customer:
North America 806.1 967.2
Europe 477.3 541.5
Asia Pacific 368.9 420.8
Other¹ 90.5 91.5
Total operating revenue 1,742.8 2,021.0
1 Other includes New Zealand, Latin America (including Mexico), Africa and the Middle East.
3. SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS AND EVENTS IN THE FINANCIAL YEAR
The following significant transactions and events affected the financial performance
and financial position of the Group for the year ended 31 March 2025:
Property, plant and equipment
During the year, the multi-storey car park building construction at our East Tāmaki site
has been completed.
In March we signed a building construction contract for the fifth building at our
East Tāmaki campus. We expect the total cost of the new building to be approximately
$250 million.
Spending for these key property projects during the year was $17.9 million, with
total spend to date $93.1 million. Capital commitments as at 31 March 2025 include
$200.2 million related to the construction of the fifth building.
Land acquisition and valuation
During the year, the Company submitted a private plan change application with Auckland
Council to rezone the Karaka, Auckland land to accommodate growth over the longer
term. Capital commitments as at 31 March 2025 include $58 million for the acquisition
of a further 24.8 hectares in Karaka, $43.0 million of which is to be paid in January 2026
and the final payment of $15.0 million is due in December 2026.
Share capital
During the year, the Group issued a total of 1,715,075 shares under the Dividend
Reinvestment Plan (DRP) and 460,666 shares under employee share based payment
arrangements. Under the DRP, the new shares were issued relating to the FY24 final
dividend at an average price of $28.9835 per share, totaling $49.7 million.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
137Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
4. OPERATING REVENUE AND SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Segmental reporting
The Group operates in one segment - being the design, manufacture, marketing and
sale of medical devices and systems globally. These products and systems are for use
in respiratory care, acute care, surgery and the treatment of OSA in the home and
hospital. Resource allocation decisions are made to optimise the Group’s financial
operating profit. This is consistent with the internal management reports the chief
operating decision-maker (CODM)¹ reviews.
Revenue is recognised at the point in time performance obligations are satisfied
by transferring control of goods to the customer at the transaction price specified
in the contract. Control typically transfers to the customer at the same time as the
legal title passes to the customer, typically on delivery. The transaction price includes
all amounts which the Group expects to be entitled to net of sales taxes and other
indirect taxes, expected rebates and discounts. Where applicable, rebates and/or
discounts are included within the consideration using an estimation typically based
on the most likely method, and are only recognised to the extent that it is highly
probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
There are no significant financing components in the Group’s revenue arrangements.
1 CODM comprised the Board of Directors (which includes the Chief Executive Officer), the Chief Financial Officer, the
Chief Operating Officer, the Vice President – Sales & Marketing, and the Vice President – Products & Technology during
the 2025 financial year.
5. EXPENSES
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Profit before tax is after charging the following specific expenses:
Donations 0.4 0.1
Net inventories written down 25.9 (0.5)
Fees paid to auditors
2024
NZ$000
2025
NZ$000
Audit and review of the financial statements (i) 1,740 1,809
Audit or review related services (ii) 42 44
Other assurance services (iii) 23 262
Total fee for audit, other audit related and other
assurance services 1,805 2,115
Other services (iv) 2 –
Total fee for audit, other audit related, other assurance
and non-audit services 1,807 2,115
(i) Audit and review of the financial statements includes $660,630 (2024: $662,274) paid
to other PwC network firms.
(ii) Audit or review related services include limited assurance engagement in the area of
constant currency disclosures $43,900 (2024: $41,900).
(iii) Other assurance services include the limited assurance engagement in the area of
greenhouse gas emissions disclosures $234,000 (2024: nil) and regulatory compliance
procedures in Mexico $28,481 (2024: $22,674).
(iv) In 2024, other services includes market survey data relating to executive remuneration
levels $1,950.
The fee paid to PwC for the audit and review of the Group’s financial statements is split
across the jurisdictions where there are subsidiary entities that require an audit or are a
significant component of the Group.
2024
NZ$000
2025
NZ$000
PwC New Zealand 1,120 1,426
Other PwC network firms 687 689
Total fees paid to auditors 1,807 2,115
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
138Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
20242025
Assets
NZ$M
Liabilities
NZ$M
Assets
NZ$M
Liabilities
NZ$M
CURRENT
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 36.3 19.0 9.9 40.2
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – not hedge accounted – 0.4 – 0.8
36.3 19.4 9.9 41.0
NON-CURRENT
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 53.5 11.4 38.6 53.7
53.5 11.4 38.6 53.7
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is
entered into, and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value. The method of
recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated
as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group
generally applies hedge accounting to all derivative financial instruments.
The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast
transactions (cash flow hedges). At the inception of the transaction, the Group
documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as
the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.
The Group also documents their assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing
basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and
will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.
Any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. Derivatives
that are designated as hedges will be classified as non-current if they have maturities
greater than 12 months after the balance date.
Some components of hedge accounted derivatives are excluded from the designated
risk. Cash flow hedges include only the intrinsic value of options. Time value on
options is excluded from the hedge designation and is marked to market through
other comprehensive income and accumulated within a separate component of equity
(‘the costs of hedging reserve’ within ‘hedging reserves’) until such time as the related
hedge accounted cash flows affect profit or loss. At this stage the cumulative amount
is reclassified to profit or loss.
Master netting arrangements
The Group enters into derivative transactions under the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreements. The ISDA agreements do not meet the criteria
for offsetting derivatives in the balance sheet. Netting arrangements are only enforceable upon early termination, for example, on occurrence of a credit default. Refer to Note 21
for information on the calculation of fair values and maturity of undiscounted cash flows for these financial instruments.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
139Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
6. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
Contractual amounts of derivative financial instruments were as follows:
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Foreign currency forward contracts and options
Sale commitments forward exchange contracts 3,109.5 3,991.6
Purchase commitments forward exchange contracts 52.1 129.6
Foreign currency borrowing forward exchange contracts 64.2 68.3
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 2.5 2.5
Undiscounted foreign currency contractual amounts for outstanding hedges of the main
foreign currency exposures were as follows:
Foreign currency
2024
M
2025
M
Sale commitments
United States dollars US$962.5US$1,174.5
European Union euros €526.5€690.0
Japanese yen ¥9,260.0¥12,020.0
Purchase commitments
Mexican pesos MXN743.5MXN1,680.0
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
140Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
7. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
CURRENT
Trade receivables 223.0 267.3
Loss allowance for doubtful trade receivables (3.5) (4.2)
219.5 263.1
Other receivables 37.7 41.5
257.2 304.6
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at
amortised cost using the effective interest method, less loss allowance for doubtful
trade receivables. Estimates are used in determining the level of receivables that
may not be collected. The Group has applied the simplified approach to calculating
expected credit losses on trade receivables and recognises a doubtful debt provision
based on the lifetime expected credit loss at each reporting date.
Bad debts are written off when they are considered to have become uncollectable.
Trade receivables credit risk
As at balance date, 91% of trade receivables were current (2024: 85%) with 1% (2024: 1%)
more than 90 days past due. The total loss allowance for doubtful trade receivables
represents an estimate of the expected credit losses in respect of trade receivables and
covers the majority of these more than 90 days past due balances. The expected credit
losses are assessed by reference to historical collection trends and are adjusted to reflect
current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability
of the customers to settle the receivables.
Customer and receivable concentration
2024 2025
Five largest customers’ proportion of the Group’s:
Operating revenue 23%24%
Trade receivables 16%15%
There is no history of default in relation to these customers. Further information about the
credit quality and the Group’s exposure to credit risk can be found in Note 21.
8. INVENTORIES
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Materials 164.1 156.8
Finished products 235.4 257.5
Provision for inventory write downs (79.1) (71.4)
320.4 342.9
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable value. Cost is determined
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method and includes expenditure incurred in
acquiring the inventories and bringing them to their existing location and condition.
The cost of finished products comprises materials, direct labour, other direct costs and
related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). Net realisable
value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable
variable selling expenses.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
141Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Reconciliation of carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the year
LandBuildingsPlant & equipmentCapital projects in progressTotal
Fair value
NZ$M
Structure (i)
NZ$M
Fit-out
and other
NZ$M
Leased
assets
NZ$M
Purchased
NZ$M
Leased
assets
NZ$M
Buildings (i)
NZ$M
Other
NZ$MNZ$M
Cost and revaluation
Balance at 31 March 2023 276.3231.2253.975.5531.715.156.8192.11,632.6
Revaluation recognised in asset revaluation reserve 17.3–––––––17.3
Revaluation recognised in the income statement (98.1)–––––––(98.1)
Additions 224.41.06.927.416.05.743.035.8360.2
Transfers 2.25.38.4–52.3–(12.4)(55.8)–
Disposals ––(0.3)(6.1)(5.6)(6.2)–(0.4)(18.6)
Foreign exchange differences 1.54.20.2–0.1–0.3–6.3
Balance at 31 March 2024 423.6241.7269.196.8594.514.687.7171.71,899.7
Additions –9.12.622.722.48.511.228.5105.0
Transfers –59.513.5–64.9–(72.6)(65.3)–
Disposals –(1.0)(0.9)(7.5)(10.8)(3.9)(0.5)–(24.6)
Foreign exchange differences 1.94.40.20.10.3–––6.9
Balance at 31 March 2025 425.5313.7284.5112.1671.319.225.8134.91,987.0
Depreciation and impairment
Balance at 31 March 2023 –37.0105.127.4305.59.4––484.4
Depreciation charge for the year –6.411.812.851.94.9––87.8
Disposals ––(0.3)(1.2)(5.6)(5.9)––(13.0)
Foreign exchange differences –0.5––––––0.5
Balance at 31 March 2024 –43.9116.639.0351.88.4––559.7
Depreciation charge for the year –7.312.415.166.75.8––107.3
Disposals –(0.1)(0.9)(6.8)(9.1)(2.7)––(19.6)
Foreign exchange differences –0.80.2–0.1–––1.1
Balance at 31 March 2025 –51.9128.347.3409.511.5––648.5
Carrying amounts
At 31 March 2023 276.3194.2148.848.1226.25.756.8192.11,148.2
At 31 March 2024 423.6197.8152.557.8242.76.287.7171.71,340.0
At 31 March 2025 425.5261.8156.264.8261.87.725.8134.91,338.5
(i) $2.0 million of finance costs were capitalised during the year in relation to building additions (2024: $2.4 million).
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
142Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Land revaluation
As described in Note 21, land in Mexico and New Zealand is considered to be a
level 3 asset within the fair value hierarchy for valuation purposes. Valuation of land
is performed in accordance with the provisions of NZ IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and
Equipment’ and NZ IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’. There are certain estimates
associated with determining fair value, with the significant input being comparable
land sales information per square metre (‘psm’) for similar properties adjusted to
reflect relevant physical and locational characteristics, including usability of land
(likely yield). In the case of development land, adjustments also include envisaged
future zoning and relevant timing of development.
As at 31 March 2024, the Group obtained external valuations of land for financial
reporting purposes, including East Tāmaki and Karaka in New Zealand and Tijuana,
Mexico. The East Tāmaki and Tijuana land values increased by $17.3 million in total,
which was recognised as a revaluation gain within other comprehensive income
which is included in the asset revaluation reserve. The Karaka land value decreased by
$98.1 million, which was recognised as an expense in the income statement.
East Tāmaki - New Zealand
The East Tāmaki, New Zealand land holding was valued by Jones Lang LaSalle
(JLL NZ), with an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was valued at $263.9
million, ranging from $600 psm for development land to $643 psm for land with
improvements.
Karaka - New Zealand
The Karaka, New Zealand land holding was valued by Savills NZ Limited (Savills),
with an effective date of 31 March 2024. The land comprised 79.4 hectares for the
development of a second New Zealand campus in Karaka and includes a mix of rural
and future urban zoned land. The land was valued at $122.0 million. The valuation was
conducted in accordance with accepted market approaches, the principle approach
being the Direct (Sales) Comparison Approach. Reference was also made to the
Residual Feasibility Analysis (Discounted Cashflow) and Chance of Change (Plussage).
Tijuana - Mexico
The Mexico land holding was valued by Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL Mexico), with an
effective date of 31 March 2024. The land was valued at US$22.5 million (NZ$37.7
million).
The Directors consider the carrying value of land at 31 March 2025 remains an
appropriate fair value.
9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(CONTINUED)
Land is measured at fair value, based on periodic but at least triennial valuations by
external independent valuers less any impairment losses recognised after the date of
the revaluation. Valuations are performed with sufficient regularity to ensure that the
fair value does not differ materially from its carrying amount.
All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation
and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the
acquisition of the items. This cost includes labour attributable to bringing the assets to
the location and working condition for its intended use.
Depreciation is generally calculated using the straight-line method and is expensed
over the estimated useful lives. Depreciation methods, residual values and useful lives
are reassessed at each reporting date. Estimated useful lives are as follows:
Buildings – structure 25 – 50 years
Buildings – fit-out and other 3 – 50 years
Plant and equipment 3 – 15 years
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its estimated recoverable
amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Leased assets
The Group’s leases predominantly relate to property or equipment outside
New Zealand. All leases are included within property, plant and equipment.
Lease contracts are typically made for fixed periods between 3-12 years but may
have extension options. Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain
a wide range of different terms and conditions. The right-of-use (leased) asset is
depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the expected lease term
on a straight-line basis.
Revaluations of land
Revaluation increases are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated
as a separate component of equity in the asset revaluation reserve, except to
the extent that they reverse a revaluation decrease of the same asset previously
recognised in the income statement, in which case the increase is recognised in
the income statement.
Revaluation decreases are recognised in the income statement, except to the extent
that they offset a previous revaluation increase for the same asset, in which case the
decrease is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated as a separate
component of equity in the asset revaluation reserve.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
143Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Property, plant and equipment (including leased assets) and intangible assets by
geographical location:
2025
NZ$M
2024
NZ$M
1,089.71,110.0
263.0265.2
67. 953.2
New Zealand
Mexico
Other
The table below summarises the valuation approach to land and the principal
assumptions used in establishing the fair values as at 31 March 2024. There have been
no changes with the assumptions as at 31 March 2025.
20242025
Predominant land
valuation approach
Inputs used
to measure
fair value
Range of
significant
inputs
Weighted
average
Range of
significant
inputs
Weighted
average
Auckland East Tāmaki
Direct sales comparison
Rate per
sqm$600-643$628$600-643$628
Auckland Karaka
Direct sales comparison
with adjustments made
to reflect usability and
timing of zoning and
development
Rate per
sqm
$50-$183$154$50-$183$154
Mexico Tijuana
Direct sales comparisonRate per
sqm – US$
US$139-
146
US$143US$139-
146
US$143
Rate per
sqm – NZ$
$232-
$244
$238$232-
$244
$238
The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Group’s
land is the value per square metre. Increases or decreases in the value per square
metre would result in corresponding increases or decreases in the total valuation.
Carrying amounts of land if measured at historical cost
Historical costFair value
Unit 2024 2025 2024 2025
East TāmakiNZ$M 86.4 86.4 263.9 263.9
KarakaNZ$M 220.1 220.1 122.0 122.0
Total New Zealand NZ$M 306.5 306.5 385.9 385.9
MexicoUS$M 16.3 16.3 22.5 22.5
MexicoNZ$M 27.4 27.4 37.7 39.6
Total LandNZ$M 333.9 333.9 423.6 425.5
9. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
(CONTINUED)
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
144Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Software: Software development
costs that are directly attributable to
the design and testing of identifiable
and unique software products and
acquired computer software licences
controlled by the Group are recognised
as intangible assets and are initially
capitalised at cost. Directly attributable
costs that are capitalised as part of
the software include employee costs.
The project costs (including the ERP
implementation) are transferred from
Capital projects in progress to Software,
as each stage is completed. These
software costs are amortised over their
useful economic life of 3 to 15 years.
The costs of configuring or customising,
and the ongoing fees to obtain access
to an application software in a cloud
computing Software-as-a-Service
agreement are recognised as expenses
when the services are received.
Patents and trademarks: Patents and
trademarks have a finite useful life and
are carried at cost less accumulated
amortisation and impairment.
Amortisation is calculated using the
straight-line method to allocate the
cost of patents and trademarks over
their anticipated useful lives of 5
to 15 years. In the event of a patent
being superseded or a trademark
registration is not continued or
renewed, the unamortised costs
are expensed immediately.
10. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Software
NZ$M
Patents,
trademarks &
applications
NZ$M
Other
NZ$M
Capital
projects
in progress
NZ$M
Total
NZ$M
Cost
Balance at 31 March 2023 60.6121.28.25.9195.9
Additions 4.326.5–0.331.1
Transfers 2.9–1.3(4.2)–
Disposals (0.1)(3.2)–(1.9)(5.2)
Foreign exchange differences ––0.20.30.5
Balance at 31 March 2024 67.7144.59.70.4222.3
Additions 4.022.3––26.3
Transfers 0.4––(0.4)–
Disposals (0.1)(2.7)––(2.8)
Foreign exchange differences ––0.3–0.3
Balance at 31 March 2025 72.0164.110.00.0246.1
Amortisation and impairment
Balance at 31 March 2023 31.275.93.2–110.3
Amortisation for the year 5.221.00.3–26.5
Disposals –(2.9)––(2.9)
Balance at 31 March 2024 36.494.03.5–133.9
Amortisation for the year 6.126.10.4–32.6
Disposals (0.1)(2.4)––(2.5)
Foreign exchange differences –––––
Balance at 31 March 2025 42.4117.73.9–164.0
Carrying amounts
At 31 March 2023 29.445.35.05.985.6
At 31 March 2024 31.350.56.20.488.4
At 31 March 2025 29.646.46.10.082.1
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
145Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
11. INCOME TAX
Income tax expense
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Profit before tax 235.7 503.3
Tax expense at the New Zealand rate of 28% 66.0 140.9
Adjustments to tax:
Non-assessable income / additional deductible expenses (0.5) –
Non-deductible expenses / additional assessable income 8.9 6.6
Non-deductible revaluation of land 27.5 –
Foreign rates other than 28% (0.8) 3.3
Effect of foreign currency translations 0.1 (2.7)
R&D tax credit (18.0) (20.4)
Removal of building depreciation 19.3 –
Prior period under/(over) provision / tax rate changes 0.6 (1.6)
Tax expense 103.1 126.1
This is represented by:
Current tax 92.8 152.6
Deferred tax 10.3 (26.5)
Tax expense 103.1 126.1
Effective tax rate43.7%25.1%
Effective tax rate excluding R&D tax credit, revaluation of
land and removal of building depreciation30.5%29.1%
The Group is subject to the global minimum top-up tax under Pillar Two rules.
The Group does not have significant operations in low-tax jurisdictions. For the year
ended 31 March 2025, the Group has not recognised any current tax expense related
to Pillar Two income taxes.
The Group has applied the exception to recognising and disclosing information about
deferred tax assets and liabilities related to Pillar Two income taxes.
Tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Tax expense is recognised in the
income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised outside of
the income statement, in which case it is recognised in other comprehensive income
or directly in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using
tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance date. It also includes any
adjustment to tax payable for previous financial years.
Deferred tax arises due to temporary differences between the carrying amounts of
assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and those for tax purposes.
Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or
substantively enacted by balance date and are expected to apply when the related
deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.
The R&D tax credit is estimated based on the eligible R&D expenditure incurred during
the period and is recognised as a deduction to current tax expense and offset in
current tax payable. The R&D tax credit is only recognised when there is reasonable
certainty the Group will comply with the conditions of the tax incentive.
IMPUTATION CREDITS
2024
M
2025
M
New Zealand imputation credits available for use in
subsequent reporting periods NZ$280.4 NZ$301.1
Australian franking credits available for use in subsequent
reporting periods A$19.3 A$21.6
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
146Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
11. INCOME TAX (CONTINUED)
Deferred tax assets / (liabilities)
Provisions
and accruals
NZ$M
Inventories
NZ$M
Leases
NZ$M
Property,
plant and
equipment and
intangibles
NZ$M
Financial
instruments
NZ$M
Employee
share based
payments
NZ$M
Other
NZ$M
Total
NZ$M
Balance at 31 March 2023 31.0 91.9 1.8 (14.2) (21.8) 4.7 0.1 93.5
Amounts recognised in:
Other comprehensive income – – – – 5.0 – – 5.0
Directly in equity – – – – – (1.3) – (1.3)
In the income statement 5.3 (0.8) 0.1 4.1 – (0.2) 0.5 9.0
In the income statement – removal of building depreciation – – – (19.3) – – – (19.3)
Balance at 31 March 2024 36.3 91.1 1.9 (29.4) (16.8) 3.2 0.6 86.9
Amounts recognised in:
Other comprehensive income – – – – 29.4 – – 29.4
Directly in equity – – – – – 3.6 – 3.6
In the income statement 0.5 14.2 1.0 7.8 – 2.3 0.7 26.5
Balance at 31 March 2025 36.8 105.3 2.9 (21.6) 12.6 9.1 1.3 146.4
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset within the balance sheet where they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
147Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
12. INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
20242025
Borrowings
NZ$M
Leases
NZ$M
Borrowings
NZ$M
Leases
NZ$M
CURRENT
Bank overdrafts 1.1 – 4.3 –
Borrowings 77.4 – 59.7 –
Lease liabilities – 17.7 – 22.4
78.5 17.7 64.0 22.4
NON-CURRENT
Borrowings expiring
Between one and two years 5.7 – – –
Between two and three years – – – –
Between three and four years 30.0 – – –
Between four and five years – – – –
Lease liabilities – 57.2 – 66.9
35.7 57.2 – 66.9
Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.
Subsequent to initial recognition, borrowings are measured at amortised cost,
applying the effective interest rate method. Financing expenses directly attributable
to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalised
as part of the cost of that asset.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional
right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting date.
Lease liabilities
The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, and leased assets may not be
used as security for borrowing purposes.
Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the total lease payments
and discounted at the incremental borrowing rate for each relevant territory.
Incremental borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range between 2% - 51%,
with a weighted average rate of 5.3% (2024: 6.4%)
Extension and termination options
Some property leases contain an extension option exercisable by the Group. At the
commencement of a lease, the Group assesses whether it is reasonably certain an
extension option will be exercised. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event
or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and
that is within the control of the Group. The extension options are only exercisable by
the Group and not by the lessor. Where it is reasonably certain the extension will be
exercised, that extension period and related costs are recognised on the balance sheet.
Short-term and low-value leases
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are
recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-
term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value leases
predominantly relate to computer equipment.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
148Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
13. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
CURRENT
Trade payables 32.4 52.9
Employee entitlements 108.6 121.5
Other payables and accruals 78.9 97.4
219.9 271.8
NON-CURRENT
Employee entitlements 18.1 21.7
Other payables and accruals 3.3 3.5
21.4 25.2
Trade and other payables represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the
Group prior to the end of the financial period which are unpaid. The amounts are
unsecured and are usually paid within 60 days of recognition. Trade payables are
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using
the effective interest method.
Refer to Note 18 for further details of employee entitlements and benefits.
12. INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
(CONTINUED)
Borrowing facilities
Borrowings have been aged in accordance with the expiry dates of the facilities as there are
no required principal payments before the expiry of each facility. At year end the weighted
average interest rate for borrowings is 5.0% (2024: 6.5%).
Key lenders to the Group are Debt Certificate Holders under the Negative Pledge Deed.
The negative pledge includes the covenant that security can be given only in limited
circumstances.
The companies in the Group providing the undertakings under the Negative Pledge
Deed are:
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Treasury Limited
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Properties Limited
The principal covenants of the negative pledge are that:
(i) the interest cover ratio for the Group shall not be less than 3 times earnings
before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA);
(ii) the net tangible assets of the Group shall not be less than $200.0 million; and
(iii) the total tangible assets of the Guaranteeing Group shall constitute at least 80%
of the total tangible assets of the Group.
There have been no breaches of debt covenants for the current or prior year.
The Company had total available committed debt funding of $580.0 million as
at 31 March 2025, of which $520.3 million was undrawn. As at 31 March 2025,
the weighted average maturity of committed borrowing facilities was 1.9 years.
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Unused lines of credit
Uncommitted borrowing and bank overdraft facilities 82.0 91.0
Committed borrowing facilities 544.3 520.3
626.3 611.3
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
149Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
14. PROVISIONS
2024 2025
Warranty
NZ$M
Recall
NZ$M
Total
NZ$M
Warranty
NZ$M
Recall
NZ$M
Total
NZ$M
Warranty and recall provision
CURRENT
Balance at beginning of the year 20.9 – 20.9 11.0 20.0 31.0
Current year provision (7.0) 20.0 13.0 10.9 – 10.9
Warranty and recall expenses
incurred (2.9) – (2.9) (3.9) (12.2) (16.1)
Balance at end of the year 11.0 20.0 31.0 18.0 7.8 25.8
NON-CURRENT
Balance at beginning of the year 7.3 – 7.3 6.3 – 6.3
Current year provision (1.0) – (1.0) (0.8) – (0.8)
Balance at end of the year 6.3 – 6.3 5.5 – 5.5
Provisions are recognised where the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and
it is more likely than not that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be
reliably estimated.
Warranty and product recall
Provision for warranty covers the obligations for the unexpired warranty periods for products, based on recent
historical costs incurred on warranty exposure. Typical warranty terms are 1 to 2 years for parts and/or labour.
The actual future warranty claims experienced by the Group may be different to that of the past. Factors that could
impact future warranty claims include the success of the Group’s quality system, as well as future parts and labour
costs. Where the Group is aware of specific product warranty issues including associated recall costs these are
included in the provision.
Management has made judgements, estimates and assumptions related to probable costs arising from the recall which
affect the provision and total expenses. Actual outcomes may differ from these estimates as information is identified.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
150Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
15. SHARE CAPITAL
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Share capital at beginning of the year 307.0 409.1
Issue of share capital under dividend reinvestment plan 92.6 49.7
Issue of share capital under employee share plans 9.5 12.5
Share capital at end of the year 409.1 471.3
Less treasury shares (i) (5.1) (2.7)
404.0 468.6
Number of issued shares
Number of shares on issue at beginning of the year 579,356,576 583,963,682
Shares issued:
Dividend reinvestment plan 3,960,480 1,715,075
Employee share purchase schemes 76,683 60,666
Employee share based payments plans 569,943 400,000
Number of shares on issue at end of the year 583,963,682 586,139,423
Less treasury shares (i) (419,172) (238,180)
583,544,510 585,901,243
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares, rights or options are
shown in equity as a deduction, net of taxation, from the proceeds.
When shares are acquired by a member of the Group, the amount of consideration
paid is recognised directly in equity. These shares are classified as treasury shares
and presented as a deduction from share capital until the ownership transfers to a
holder outside the Group. When treasury shares are subsequently reissued under
employee share plans, the cost of treasury shares is reversed and the realised gain or
loss on sale or reissue, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs, is
recognised within share capital.
All shares are fully paid. All ordinary shares rank equally with one vote attached to each
fully paid ordinary share.
(i) Treasury shares are shares held and controlled by Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Employee Share Purchase Trustee Limited under the Employee Share Purchase
Scheme and shares held by the Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share Trust.
16. EARNINGS PER SHARE
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Profit after tax 132.6 377.2
Weighted average number of ordinary shares 581,972,373 585,543,359
Adjustment for share options, PSRs and ESRs 4,206,561 4,656,277
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for
diluted earnings per share 586,178,934 590,199,636
Basic earnings per share (cents per share) 22.8 cps64.4 cps
Diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 22.6 cps63.9 cps
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number
of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary
shares. Options, Performance Share Rights (PSRs) and Employee Share Rights (ESRs)
are convertible into the Company’s shares, and are therefore considered dilutive
securities for diluted earnings per share.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
151Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
17. RESERVES AND DIVIDENDS
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Hedging reserve 42.9 (32.7)
Asset revaluation reserve 187.0 187.0
Employee share based payment reserve 26.8 33.5
Foreign currency translation reserve 3.4 7.4
Total reserves 260.1 195.2
Nature and purpose of reserves
Hedging reserve
This reserve is used to record unrealised gains or losses on hedging instruments that are
recognised directly in equity and the cumulative net change in the time value on currency
options which are excluded from hedge designations of foreign currency risk.
Amounts are recycled to the income statement when the associated hedged transactions
affect the income statement.
Asset revaluation reserve
The asset revaluation reserve relates to the revaluation of land. For further information
refer to Note 9.
Share based payment reserve
This reserve is used to recognise the fair value of shares, options, PSRs and ESRs granted
but not exercised or lapsed. Tax deductions in excess of the cumulative share based
payment expense are recognised in equity.
Amounts are transferred to share capital (including income tax benefits) when the
vested shares, options, PSRs or ESRs are exercised or lapse.
Foreign currency translation reserve
The foreign currency translation reserve contains foreign exchange differences arising
on consolidation of assets and liabilities of overseas entities with a functional currency
other than NZD.
Dividends
All dividends are recognised as distributions to shareholders.
During the year, supplementary dividends of $27.7 million were paid to non-resident
shareholders (2024: $26.2 million), for which the Group received an equivalent foreign
investor tax credit entitlement. The foreign investor tax credit entitlement is included
in income taxes paid within the statement of cash flows.
Cents
per share NZ$M
Dividends
2023 final 23.00 133.3
2024 interim 18.00 104.8
31 March 2024 41.00 238.1
2024 final 23.50 137.2
2025 interim 18.50 108.4
31 March 2025 42.00 245.6
Subsequent event – dividend declared
On 27 May 2025 the Directors approved the payment of a fully imputed 2025 final dividend
of $140.7 million (24.0 cents per share) to be paid on 4 July 2025. A supplementary
dividend of 4.2353 cents per share was also approved for eligible non-resident
shareholders.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
152Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES
Employee expenses total $772.9 million (2024: $692.7 million).
Wages and salaries
Wages and salaries includes non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long service leave
and contributions to superannuation plans.
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave, long
service leave and accumulating sick leave are recognised within employee entitlements
in trade and other payables. These are measured at the amounts expected to be paid
when the liabilities are settled in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date.
For the liabilities for long service leave, consideration is given to expected future wage
and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected
future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on national
government bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as
possible, the estimated future cash outflows.
Liabilities for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the leave is taken and
measured at the rates paid or payable.
Equity settled share based payments
The fair value (at grant date) of shares, options, PSRs and ESRs granted to employees
is recognised as an employee expense in the income statement over the vesting period
with a corresponding increase in the employee share based payment reserve. When
shares, options, PSRs or ESRs are exercised, the amount in the share based payment
reserve relating to those instruments, together with the option exercise price paid
by the employee, is transferred to share capital. When any shares, options, PSRs or
ESRs lapse, the amount in the share based payment reserve relating to those shares,
options, PSRs or ESRs is also transferred to share capital.
a) Key management and director compensation
2024
NZ$000
2025
NZ$000
Salary and other short-term benefits 10,201 11,522
Share based benefits 4,030 3,275
Directors fees 1,515 1,516
15,746 16,313
Key management personnel includes the Chief Executive Officer and senior executives
reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer.
The table excludes any dividends received on the Company’s shares held by the Directors
or key management personnel.
2025
2025
NZ$M
761.7
11.2
2024
2024
NZ$M
681.9
10.8
Wages and
salaries
Share based
benefits
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
153Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES (CONTINUED)
b) Employee share based compensation
The Company grants options and share rights to certain employees under a number of
Long Term Variable Remuneration Plans as follows:
• 2022 Share Option Plan and the 2022 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2022)
• 2019 Share Option Plan and the 2019 Performance Share Rights Plan (from 1 April 2019
to 31 March 2022)
• Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Employee Share Rights Plan
Vesting of all schemes is subject to the employee still being in service at date of vesting.
No amounts are payable for the grant of any options or share rights. Options, PSRs and
ESRs granted to employees have no voting rights until they have been exercised and
ordinary shares issued.
(i) Share option plans
Under the 2019 and 2022 Share Option Plans, one option gives the employee the right to
acquire one ordinary share in the Company. Options vest on the anniversary date of the
grant as long as the FPH share price on the NZX on that date has exceeded the “escalated
price”. The escalated price is determined at the anniversary of the grant date and is
calculated by:
• increasing the last calculated escalated price (which, as at the grant date, will be the
exercise price of the option) by a percentage amount determined by the Board to
represent the Company’s cost of capital; and
• reducing the resulting figure by the amount of any dividend paid by the Company
in respect of a share in the 12 month period immediately preceding that anniversary.
Options under the 2022 plan vest on the third anniversary date if the vesting condition
is met. Options under the 2019 plan vest on the third, fourth or fifth anniversary date if
the vesting condition is met.
(ii) Performance share rights plans
Under the Performance Share Rights Plans, one share right gives the employee the
potential to exercise a share right for an ordinary share in the Company at no cost.
PSRs will fully vest if the Company’s gross total shareholder return (TSR) performance
exceeds the performance of the Dow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return
Index (DJSMDQT) in NZD by 10% or more over the same period. PSRs partially vest if
the company’s TSR exceeds the DJSMDQT by less than 10%.
The 2022 plan is a 3 year scheme and the Company’s TSR will be calculated and compared
against the Index return of the third anniversary of the grant. The 2019 plan is a 5 year
scheme, with the potential for rights to fully vest on the third and fourth anniversary of
the grant date.
(iii) Employee share rights plan
The Employee Share Rights (ESR) Plan entitles certain New Zealand and Australian
employees to be issued ordinary shares in the Company. ESRs automatically vest on the
third anniversary of their grant date at no cost to the employee. For each ESR that vests,
one ordinary share will be issued.
(iv) Other Employee share and stock purchase plans
Employee Share Purchase Plan: New Zealand and Australian full-time employees are
eligible, after a qualifying period, to participate in this plan. Shares are issued up to the
value of $2,000, with a discount of up to $500 per employee. Loans are provided to
employees for the purchase and repaid over the vesting period. No interest is charged on
the loans. The qualifying period between grant and vesting date is 3 years. At 31 March
2025 the total receivable owing from employees was $1.2 million (2024: $2.8 million).
Employee Stock Purchase Plan: North American employees working more than 20 hours
per week, in accordance with section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code as amended,
are eligible to participate in this plan. Shares under this plan are issued at a discount of
15%, are allocated to employees at the time of issue and vest immediately. Shares issued
under this plan in 2025 totalled 60,666 shares (2024: 76,683).
Measurement
The fair value of share options and PSRs is independently determined using a Monte Carlo
simulation valuation methodology. The fair value of ESRs is independently determined
using a discounted dividend approach. The key inputs and assumptions are included on the
following page.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
154Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
18. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES (CONTINUED)
Movements in the number of options, PSRs and ESRs outstanding and their exercise prices are as follows:
20242025
Options
Performance
Share Rights
Employee
Share RightsOptions
Performance
Share Rights
Employee
Share Rights
Number outstanding
As at beginning of the year 2,674,761 931,229 293,687 2,638,517 1,312,329 390,477
Granted during the year 920,620 400,683 173,829 691,423 255,256 126,802
Exercised during the year (905,423) – (55,223) – (393,084) (69,785)
Lapsed during the year (51,441) (19,583) (21,816) (53,196) (22,459) (13,560)
As at end of the year 2,638,517 1,312,329 390,477 3,276,744 1,152,042 433,934
Exercisable at year end – – – – – –
Number of employees holding employee share options, PSRs and ESRs 237 241 435 249 248 501
Weighted average exercise price $25.13 – – $27.72 – –
Weighted average remaining contractual life (months) 27 21 20 19 15 17
Fair value of share options or rights granted during the year (NZ$M) 4.7 4.7 3.7 4.9 4.9 4.4
Fair value of share options or rights granted during the year ($ per share)$5.10 $11.72 $21.40 $7.09 $19.21 $34.67
Key inputs and assumptions used in fair value of grants during the year
Share price at grant date $21.55 $21.55 $21.55 $37.55 $37.55 $37.55
Contractual life (years) 3 3 3 3 3 3
Exercise price $21.96 Nil Nil $37.39 NilNil
Expected volatility (i) 32.5%32.5%n/a29.6%29.6%n/a
Expected dividend yield 1.83%1.83%1.83%1.18%1.18%1.18%
Cost of equity 10.5% n/a 10.5%10.2%n/a10.2%
5 year NZD risk free rate 5.18%5.18%n/a3.83%3.83%n/a
5 year USD risk free rate n/a4.65%n/an/a3.63%n/a
NZD/USD exchange rate of grant date n/a0.5877n/an/a0.6200n/a
Expected NZD/USD volatility n/a11.60%n/an/a12.00%n/a
Expected DJSMDQT index volatility n/a16.00%n/an/a19.00%n/a
(i) The expected share price volatility is derived by analysing the historical volatility over the most recent historical period corresponding to the term of the option or PSR.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
155Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
19. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Contingent liabilities are subject to uncertainty or cannot be reliably measured and
are not provided for. Disclosures as to the nature of any contingent liabilities are set
out below. Judgements and estimates are applied to determine the probability that an
outflow of resources will be required to settle an obligation. These are made based on
a review of the facts and circumstances surrounding the event and advice from both
internal and external parties.
Periodically the Group is party to litigation including product liability and patent claims.
The Directors are unaware of the existence of any claim or contingencies that would have a
material impact on the financial statements.
20. COMMITMENTS
2024
NZ$M
2025
NZ$M
Capital expenditure commitments contracted for but not
recognised as at the reporting date:
Within one year 21.6 126.8
Between one and two years 43.4 128.2
Between two and five years 15.0 16.0
80.0 271.0
The commitments above as at 31 March 2025 includes $200.2 million for the construction
of the fifth building and $58.0 million for the Karaka land purchase (2024: $58.0 million).
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including currency
risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.
The Board has approved procedures and guidelines that identify and evaluate risks and
authorise various financial instruments to manage financial risks. These procedures and
guidelines are reviewed regularly.
a. Market risk
Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates,
interest rates and prices will affect profit or the value of financial instruments.
The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk
exposures through the use of various financial instruments in accordance with the
Group’s treasury procedures.
(i) Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises when future transactions and recognised assets and liabilities
are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency.
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from
various currency exposures, primarily US dollar (USD), Euro (EUR), Japanese yen (JPY)
and Mexican peso (MXN).
Foreign exchange risk is hedged in accordance with the Group’s treasury procedures.
The Group enters into foreign currency option contracts and forward foreign currency
contracts within procedure parameters to hedge the foreign exchange risk associated
with anticipated sales or costs. The terms of the foreign currency option contracts and
the forward foreign currency contracts generally do not exceed 5 years, but may have
terms of up to 10 years with Board approval.
Foreign exchange contracts and options in relation to sales are designated at the
Group level as hedges of foreign exchange risk on specific forecast foreign currency
denominated sales.
Balance sheet foreign exchange risk arising from net assets held by the Group may be
hedged either by debt in the relevant currency, foreign currency swaps, options and
forward foreign currency contracts.
(ii) Interest rate risk
The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from floating rate borrowings drawn under bank
debt facilities. When deemed appropriate, the Group manages floating interest rate risk
by using floating-to-fixed interest rate swaps and interest rate options within procedure
parameters. Interest rate swaps and options are accounted for as cash flow hedges.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
156Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
The carrying amounts of significant non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are denominated in the following currencies:
NZD
NZ$M
USD
NZ$M
EUR
NZ$M
JPY
NZ$M
AUD
NZ$M
CAD
NZ$M
GBP
NZ$M
MXN
NZ$M
Other
NZ$M
Total
NZ$M
2024
Cash 3.2 12.1 8.3 2.7 2.4 1.5 1.7 9.4 40.7 82.0
Trade receivables 1.6 102.4 58.2 17.4 7.8 9.4 10.4 1.9 13.9 223.0
Trade and other payables (50.6) (25.9) (15.5) (1.5) (3.2) (1.2) (4.8) (6.1) (5.8) (114.6)
Bank overdraft – – – – – – – – (1.1) (1.1)
Lease liabilities (5.9) (45.0) (8.4) (0.7) (2.4) (1.0) (3.2) (1.0) (7.3) (74.9)
Borrowings (40.6) (66.8) – – (3.6) (2.1) – – – (113.1)
(92.3) (23.2) 42.6 17.9 1.0 6.6 4.1 4.2 40.4 1.3
2025
Cash 192.0 13.3 9.2 – 2.1 2.1 2.2 7.6 36.0 264.5
Trade receivables 1.3 138.9 57.4 24.6 8.1 8.2 8.4 3.9 16.5 267.3
Trade and other payables (75.4) (36.8) (15.5) (2.0) (3.4) (1.2) (5.5) (7.8) (6.2) (153.8)
Bank overdraft – – – (4.3) – – – – – (4.3)
Lease liabilities (5.5) (55.4) (7.9) (3.9) (2.4) (1.3) (3.5) (0.8) (8.6) (89.3)
Borrowings – (56.1) – – (3.6) – – – – (59.7)
112.4 3.9 43.2 14.4 0.8 7.8 1.6 2.9 37.7 224.7
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
157Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
a. Market risk (continued)
Summarised sensitivity analysis
The following table summarises the sensitivity of the Group’s financial assets and financial
liabilities to interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.
A sensitivity of +/-10% for foreign exchange risk has been selected. The Group believes that
an overall sensitivity of +/-10% is reasonably possible given the exchange rate volatility
observed on a historical basis. A sensitivity of +/-1% has been selected for interest rate risk.
This sensitivity is based on reasonably possible changes over a financial year using the
observed range of historical data.
All variables other than the applicable interest rates and exchange rates are held constant.
20242025
NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M NZ$M
Interest rate change -1%+ 1%-1%+ 1%
Impact on profit after tax 0.6 (0.6) (1.1) 1.1
Impact on hedging reserves
(within equity) – – – –
0.6 (0.6) (1.1) 1.1
Foreign exchange rate change-10%+ 10%-10%+ 10%
Impact on profit after tax 14.8 (13.8) 10.8 (10.1)
Impact on hedging reserves
(within equity) (213.0) 174.3 (284.3) 232.9
(198.2) 160.5 (273.5) 222.8
Fair value estimation
NZ IFRS 13 for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value requires disclosure of the
fair value measurements by level from the following fair value hierarchy:
• Level 1 – Quoted price (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;
• Level 2 – Inputs, other than quoted price included within level 1, that are observable for
the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from
prices);
• Level 3 – Inputs for assets and liabilities that are not based on observable market data
(that is, unobservable inputs).
Financial instruments
All the Group’s financial instruments held at fair value have been measured at the fair value
measurement hierarchy of level 2 (2024: level 2).
The fair value of derivative instruments designated in a hedging relationship is determined
using the following valuation techniques:
• Foreign currency forward exchange contracts have been fair valued using quoted
forward exchange rates and discounted using yield curves from quoted interest rates
that match the maturity dates of the contracts.
• Foreign currency option contracts have been fair valued using observable option
volatilities, and quoted forward exchange and interest rates that match the maturity
dates of the contracts.
• Interest rate swaps are fair valued by discounting the future interest and principal cash
flows using current market interest rates that match the maturity dates of the contracts.
These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is
available and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates.
Land
Refer to Note 9 for further information about land that is measured at fair value, including
a summary of the valuation techniques used.
Other
All financial assets other than derivatives are measured at amortised cost including
short-term investments. All financial liabilities other than derivatives are classified as
measured at amortised cost. Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost are fair
valued using the contractual cash flows. The carrying value of financial assets and liabilities
approximates their fair value. In considering the fair value of interest-bearing assets and
liabilities, the estimated future interest rates approximate the discount rates used in a fair
value assessment.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
158Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
b. Liquidity risk
Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity position on the basis of expected cash flows. The table below sets out the contractual, undiscounted cash flows for
non-derivative financial liabilities and derivative financial instruments.
< 1 year
NZ$M
1–2 years
NZ$M
2–5 years
NZ$M
5+ years
NZ$M
Contractual
cash flows
NZ$M
Consolidated
Balance Sheet
NZ$M
2024
Bank overdrafts 1.1 – – – 1.1 1.1
Trade and other payables 114.6 – – – 114.6 114.6
Borrowings 82.3 6.1 32.1 2.1 122.6 113.1
Lease liabilities (i) 17.9 14.8 31.6 25.8 90.1 74.9
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 215.9 20.9 63.7 27.9 328.4 303.7
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts 17.4 6.3 24.0 21.1 68.8 59.0
Total derivative financial instruments – assets 17.4 6.3 24.0 21.1 68.8 59.0
2025
Bank overdrafts 4.3 – – – 4.3 4.3
Trade and other payables 150.3 3.5 – – 153.8 153.8
Borrowings 62.3 – – – 62.3 59.7
Lease liabilities (i) 22.8 20.3 38.7 23.2 105.0 89.3
Total non-derivative financial liabilities 239.7 23.8 38.7 23.2 325.4 307.1
Foreign currency forward exchange contracts (31.7)(20.0) (8.3) 15.5 (44.5) (46.2)
Total derivative financial instruments - assets(31.7)(20.0) (8.3) 15.5 (44.5) (46.2)
(i) Contractual cash flows on leases exclude extension options.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
159Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)
c. Credit risk
The Group is exposed to credit risk in respect of trade receivables, financial instruments,
cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments in the normal course of business.
The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying value of these
financial assets. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis with no significant concentration
of credit risk.
The Group has policies in place to ensure that sales of products and services are made
to customers with an appropriate credit history. There are no significant trade receivable
balances relating to customers who have previously defaulted on amounts due to
the Group.
Derivative counterparties, cash transactions, cash at banks, and short-term investments
are limited to high credit quality financial institutions. Over 94% of cash and short-term
investments (2024: 73%) is held with counterparties with credit rating of Standard and
Poors’ A- and above.
The Group’s exposure to credit risk from derivative financial instruments is limited because
it does not expect non-performance of the obligation contained therein due to the credit
rating of the financial institutions concerned.
22. SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE
Other than the dividends disclosed in Note 17, there are no other significant events after
balance date.
23. OTHER MATERIAL ACCOUNTING POLICY INFORMATION
a. Changes to accounting policies
From 1 April 2024, the Group has changed the accounting presentation of foreign
exchange gains and losses from monetary assets and liabilities. These are all now
presented within Net financing income / (expense). Other than this presentation change,
all other accounting policies have been applied on a consistent basis.
b. Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life or are under development are not
subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are
subject to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs
of disposal, and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are
grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows
(cash generating units).
c. Goods and Services Tax (GST)
The income statement has been prepared so that all components are stated exclusive
of GST. All items in the balance sheet are stated net of GST, with the exception of trade
receivables and payables, which include GST invoiced.
d. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at call with financial
institutions, other short-term highly liquid investments with maturities of three months
or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to
an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts.
e. Research and development
Research expenditure is expensed as incurred.
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design and testing of
identifiable and unique products controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible
assets only when all the following criteria are met:
• it is technically feasible to complete the product so that it will be available for use
or sale;
• management intends to complete the product and use or sell it;
• there is an ability to use or sell the product;
• it can be demonstrated that the product will generate future economic benefits;
• adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and
to use or sell the product are available and;
• the expenditure attributable to the product during its development can be reliably
measured and is material.
Directly attributable costs capitalised as part of the product would include employee
costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads. Other development
expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred.
Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not recognised as an
asset in a subsequent period. Development costs recognised as an asset are amortised
over their estimated useful lives.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsIndependent auditor’s report
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Notes to the financial statements
160Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited
OUR OPINION
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements (the financial
statements) of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited (the Company),
including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Group as at 31 March 2025, its financial performance, and its cash flows
for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting
Standards Accounting Standards (IFRS Accounting Standards).
What we have audited
The Group’s financial statements comprise:
• the consolidated balance sheet as at 31 March 2025;
• the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
• the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy
information and other explanatory information.
BASIS FOR OPINION
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing
(New Zealand) (ISAs (NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditor’s
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard
1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International
Independence Standards) (New Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing
and Assurance Standards Board and the International Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the
International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), and we have
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
In our capacity as auditor and assurance practitioner, our firm provides review and
other assurance services. Our firm carried out other assignments in the area of other
training services. The firm has no other relationship with, or interests in, the Group.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent auditor’s report
161Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
KEY AUDIT MATTERS
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the current year.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters.
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Revenue recognition
The Group’s revenue primarily consists of the sale of products. Operating revenue
totalled $2,021.0 million in the year ended 31 March 2025 as outlined in Note 4.
In determining the appropriate recognition of revenue, management has considered
the following characteristics of the sale of products:
• products are sold to customers in multiple territories with varying sales contract
terms and conditions; and
• in certain markets, some sales include rebate arrangements.
Management has concluded that:
• revenue is primarily derived from the satisfaction of a single performance
obligation for each contract which is the sale of products; and
• control of product transfers to the customer/distributor at the same time as
legal title passes.
Given the varying contracts, the number of territories and the volume of revenue
recognised, we have given significant audit focus and attention to the recognition
of revenue.
Our audit procedures included:
• obtaining an understanding of systems, processes and controls and evaluating and
testing certain controls in place over the recognition of revenue;
• on a sample basis, examined contracts with customers to validate that management’s
conclusion in relation to the determination of performance obligations and when control
transfers was appropriate;
• on a sample basis for major operating components, obtained an understanding of
rebate, payment and pricing arrangements that support the recognition of a sale on
transfer of control to the distributor,
• for certain major operating components, utilising data assurance techniques to match
invoices issued to cash received, rebates or amounts receivable at balance date;
• for a sample of revenue transactions in the other major operating components, we
examined invoices issued to customers, shipping documentation or cash remittances,
where paid;
• for a sample of transactions within accounts receivable at balance date we obtained
either confirmation of the amount owing from the customer, or performed alternative
procedures including testing of subsequent receipts or shipping documentation; and
• assessing the risk of revenue cut-off and performing testing where necessary.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent auditor’s report
162Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
OUR AUDIT APPROACH
Overview
Overall group materiality: $25.1 million, which represents
approximately 5% of profit before tax.
We chose this measure as the benchmark because, in our view, it
is the benchmark against which the performance of the Group is
measured by users.
Our Group audit scoping focussed on those components that are
financially significant to the Group’s revenue or profit before tax.
Specified audit and/or analytical procedures were performed over
certain residual components.
As reported above, we have two key audit matters, being:
• Revenue recognition; and
• Inventory valuation.
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of
material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we considered where
management made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events
that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of
management override of internal controls, including among other matters, consideration
of whether there was evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement
due to fraud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is
designed to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
are free from material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error.
They are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably
be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the
financial statements.
Materiality
Group scoping
Key audit
matters
Description of the key audit matterHow our audit addressed the key audit matter
Inventory valuation
At 31 March 2025, the Group held inventories of $342.9 million, net of provision for
inventory write downs of $71.4 million.
As outlined in Note 8, inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realisable
value. The Group holds inventory in a number of locations globally. Global inventory is
adjusted to cost at year end by eliminating intra-group margin.
Management applies judgment in determining inventory valuation, including the level
of provision for inventory write downs.
Given the value and quantum of inventory and the estimates and judgements
described above, the valuation of inventory required significant audit attention and is
a key audit matter.
Our audit procedures included:
• obtaining an understanding of systems, processes and controls and evaluating and
testing certain controls in place over inventory;
• on a sample basis, testing materials and finished products costing to supporting
documentation;
• understanding and assessing the reasonableness of the allocation of costs to
production, including the costs capitalised into inventory at year end;
• on a sample basis, testing the accuracy of the costing of the Group’s global inventory
through the elimination of intra-group margin; and
• performing procedures on selected provisions for inventory write downs to assess
their reasonableness.
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent auditor’s report
163Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for
materiality, including the overall Group materiality for the financial statements as a whole
as set out above. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine
the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures, and to
evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually and in the aggregate, on the
financial statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide
an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the
Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates.
OTHER INFORMATION
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises
the information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the financial
statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do
not express any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the
other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed
on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report, we
conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required
to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair
presentation of the financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS Accounting
Standards, and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable
the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going
concern, and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend
to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
AUDITOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES FOR THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements, as a whole, are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with ISAs (NZ) and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is
located at the External Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-
report-1-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
WHO WE REPORT TO
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has
been undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state
to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted
by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company
and the Company’s shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for
the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is
Indumin Senaratne (Indy Sena).
For and on behalf of:
PricewaterhouseCoopers
27 May 2025 Auckland
Financial commentaryFinancial statementsNotes to the financial statements
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent auditor’s report
164Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
APPENDICES
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectory
165Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
20212022202320242025
FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE
Sales revenue 1,948.2 1,642.4 1,588.6 1,758.1 2,023.5
Foreign exchange gain (loss) on hedged sales 23.0 39.3 (7.5)(15.3) (2.5)
Total operating revenue 1,971.2 1,681.7 1,581.1 1,742.8 2,021.0
Gross profit 1,245.6 1,052.7 938.4 1,044.4 1,270.9
Gross margin 63.2%62.6%59.4%59.9%62.9%
SG&A expenses (396.6)(393.1)(431.9)(492.8) (534.4)
R&D expenses (136.7)(154.0)(174.3)(198.2) (226.9)
Total operating expenses (533.3)(547.1)(606.2)(691.0) (761.3)
Operating profit 712.3 505.6 332.2 353.4 509.6
Operating margin 36.1%30.1%21.0%20.3%25.2%
Revaluation of land – – – (98.1)–
Profit before financing and tax 712.3 505.6 332.2 255.3 509.6
Net financing expense 5.9 (1.4)(4.2)(19.6) (6.3)
Tax expense (194.0)(127.3)(77.7)(103.1) (126.1)
Profit after tax 524.2 376.9 250.3 132.6 377.2
Underlying profit after tax
(1)
524.2 376.9 250.3 264.4 377.2
Growth Rates
Reported
Revenue 56.0%-14.7%-6.0%10.2%16.0%
Gross profit 49.0%-15.5%-10.9%11.3%21.7%
R&D expenses 15.4%12.7%13.2%13.7%14.5%
Profit before tax 93.8%-29.8%-34.9%-28.1%113.5%
Profit after tax 82.5%-28.1%-33.6%-47.0%184.5%
Underlying profit after tax
(1)
82.5%-28.1%-33.6%5.6%42.7%
Growth Rates in
Constant Currency
(2)
Revenue 61.4%-13.7%-9.0%8.4%13.7%
Gross profit 57.4%-15.8%-14.4%10.2%18.5%
R&D expenses 15.4%12.7%13.2%13.7%14.5%
Profit before tax 103.6%-31.4%-39.9%-35.1%107.3%
Underlying profit before tax
(1)
103.6%-31.4%-39.9%6.9%32.2%
(1) Underlying profit has been presented excluding the impact of abnormal items occurring during the 2024 financial year. A reconciliation is set out on page 127.
(2) Constant Currency (CC) removes the impact of exchange rate movements. This approach is used to assess the company’s underlying comparative financial performance without any distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates.
A reconciliation for the most recent two years and basis of preparation is set out on page 130. The 2021 to 2024 growth rates in constant currency have been sourced from the 2024 annual report.
Five year summary
For the years ended 31 March
All figures in NZ$M (except as otherwise stated)
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary
166Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
20212022202320242025
REVENUE
By region and
product group
North America 825.7 665.1 683.8 806.1 967.2
Europe 633.8 468.1 427.6 477.3 541.5
Asia Pacific 348.4 438.8 399.0 368.9 420.8
Other 163.3 109.7 70.7 90.5 91.5
Hospital products 1,498.1 1,207.1 1,023.5 1,087.9 1,280.3
Homecare products 465.6 469.5 553.8 652.3 739.9
Core products subtotal 1,963.7 1,676.6 1,577.3 1,740.2 2,020.2
Distributed and other products 7.5 5.1 3.8 2.6 0.8
Total operating revenue 1,971.2 1,681.7 1,581.1 1,742.8 2,021.0
FINANCIAL
POSITION
Property, plant and equipment 882.1 957.8 1,148.2 1,340.0 1,338.5
Total assets 2,075.0 2,107.0 2,204.5 2,281.7 2,550.8
Total liabilities (554.1) (427.3) (451.1) (522.6) (660.4)
Shareholders’ equity 1,520.9 1,679.7 1,753.4 1,759.1 1,890.4
Return on assets (%) 40.9%24.1%15.2%10.5%20.8%
Return on equity (%) 57.6%31.5%19.1%13.4%27.6%
Net debt / (cash) (including short-term investments) (302.9) (221.6) (37.7) 32.2 (200.5)
Gearing ratio
(1)
-27.2%-16.3%-2.3%1.8%-11.6%
DIVIDENDS AND
EARNINGS PER
SHARE (CENTS
PER SHARE)
Basic shares outstanding at 31 March 576,412,532 577,405,878 579,356,576 583,963,682 586,139,423
Interim 16.0017.0017.5018.0018.50
Final
(2)
22.0022.5023.0023.5024.00
Total ordinary dividends 38.0039.5040.5041.5042.50
Basic earnings per share 91.165.343.322.864.4
Diluted earnings per share 90.465.043.022.663.9
CASH FLOWS Net cash flow from operating activities 625.3 324.3 238.2 429.6 548.6
Free cash flow
(3)
430.4 140.5 12.5 73.8 427.1
Dividends paid (181.3) (224.9) (195.7) (145.5) (195.9)
(1) Net interest-bearing debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments) to net interest-bearing debt and equity (less hedging reserves). Net interest-bearing debt excludes lease liabilities recognised on the adoption of
IFRS 16 – Leases.
(2) Final dividend is paid in the following financial year.
(3) Free cash flow represents net cash flows from operating activities less capital expenditure - including lease liability repayments following the adoption of IFRS 16 - Leases.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary
167Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
20212022202320242025
CAPITAL
EXPENDITURE
Plant and equipment 123.0 97.4 98.8 65.5 52.0
Land and buildings 37.2 41.0 89.0 251.3 21.6
Intangible assets 24.5 31.4 23.5 22.2 29.4
Total 184.7 169.8 211.3 339.0 103.0
Plant and equipment capex: depreciation ratio
(1)
2.8 2.3 2.3 1.3 0.8
PATENT
PORTFOLIO
NUMBERS
US patents 381 454 522 601 685
US patent applications (includes PCTs)
(2)
454 504 534 557 581
Non-US patents 1,508 1,947 2,329 2,815 3,443
Non-US patent applications (excludes PCTs)
(2)
1,345 1,491 1,708 1,862 1,823
PEOPLE NUMBERS People numbers
(3)
6,897 7,375 6,564 7,141 7,506
By function:Research and development 684 765 846 928 960
Manufacturing and operations 4,685 4,989 3,975 4,421 4,690
Sales, marketing and distribution 1,230 1,311 1,408 1,455 1,494
Management and administration 298 310 335 337 362
By region:New Zealand 3,932 3,927 3,538 3,544 3,802
North America 2,191 2,608 2,147 2,675 2,744
Europe 350 380 379 389 392
Rest of World 424 460 500 533 568
EXCHANGE RATES
NZ$ 1 =
AVERAGE DAILY SPOT RATES USD0.67140.69690.62410.60970.5948
AVERAGE CONVERSION RATES
(4)
USD 0.66920.67340.66660.65820.6168
EUR 0.56240.55710.54520.54350.5366
JPY 69.7071.8070.2473.1076.37
MXN 13.7914.9714.4813.0212.42
CLOSING SPOT RATES USD 0.69810.69570.62900.59890.5708
EUR 0.59640.62310.57660.55350.5269
JPY 77.3785.1183.4890.6385.00
MXN 14.3713.8411.389.9111.67
(1) Depreciation excludes leased asset depreciation.
(2) PCTs (Patent Cooperation Treaty) are unified patent applications across a number of jurisdictions.
(3) People numbers are represented as full-time equivalents.
(4) Actual exchange rates achieved in delivering or purchasing net foreign currency in relation to the Group’s exposures. The average rate includes hedged, spot and closed-out transactions in each year.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Independent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryFive year summary
168Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Independent assurance report
To the Directors of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited
LIMITED ASSURANCE REPORT ON FISHER & PAYKEL HEALTHCARE CORPORATION
LIMITED’S GREENHOUSE GAS (GHG) EMISSIONS DISCLOSURES AND SCOPE 2
MARKET-BASED INDICATOR
Our conclusion
We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement on:
1) the gross GHG emissions, additional required disclosures of gross GHG emissions,
and gross GHG emissions methods, assumptions and estimation uncertainty
(together, the GHG Disclosures); and
2) the Scope 2 (calculated using the market-based method) emissions and related
disclosures (together, the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator)
within the Scope of our Limited Assurance Engagement section below, included in the
Climate-related Disclosures report of Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited
(the Company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) for the year ended 31 March 2025.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained,
nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the GHG Disclosures
and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator are not fairly presented and are not prepared,
in all material respects, in accordance with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate
Standards (NZ CSs) issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB), as explained on
page 95 of the Climate-related Disclosures report.
Scope of our limited assurance engagement
We have undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the following GHG
Disclosures, which are required under section 461ZH of the Financial Markets Conduct
Act 2013 to be the subject of an assurance engagement, on page 121 of the Climate-
related Disclosures report for the year ended 31 March 2025:
• gross GHG emissions:
• GHG Emissions Total Scope 1 of 2,295 tonnes CO
2
e (tCO
2
e) on page 121
• GHG Emissions Total Scope 2 (location-based) of 13,232 tCO
2
e on page 121
• GHG Emissions Total Scope 3 of 266,044 tCO
2
e on page 121
• additional required disclosures of gross Scope 1, Scope 2 (location-based) and
Scope 3 GHG emissions on pages 122 and 124;
• gross Scope 1, Scope 2 (location-based) and Scope 3 GHG emissions methods,
assumptions and estimation uncertainty on pages 122 to 123;
We have also undertaken a limited assurance engagement over the Scope 2 Market-
based Indicator for the year ended 31 March 2025 as follows:
• GHG Emissions Total Scope 2 (market-based) of 12,406 tCO
2
e on page 121; and
• related disclosures on page 122.
Our assurance engagement does not extend to any other information included,
or referred to, in the Climate-related Disclosures report on pages 94 to 122 and page
124. The comparative information for the years ended 31 March 2023 and 31 March
2024 disclosed in the Group’s Climate-related Disclosures report is not covered by
our assurance conclusion. We have not performed any procedures with respect to the
excluded information and, therefore, no conclusion is expressed on it.
Key matters to the GHG assurance engagement
In this section we present those matters that, in our professional judgement, were
most significant in undertaking the assurance engagement over the GHG Disclosures.
These matters were addressed in the context of our assurance engagement on the
GHG Disclosures, and in forming our conclusion. We did not reach a separate assurance
conclusion on each individual key matter.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, www.pwc.co.nz
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryIndependent assurance report
169Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Other matter – comparative information
The comparative GHG Disclosures and the comparative Scope 2 Market-based Indicator
(that is, the comparative information presented for the years ended 31 March 2023
and 31 March 2024) prepared in accordance with NZ CSs have not been subject to
an assurance engagement performed in accordance with Standard on Assurance
Engagements 1 Assurance Engagements over Greenhouse Gas Emissions Disclosures
(NZ SAE 1), issued by the External Reporting Board (XRB) or International Standard on
Assurance Engagements (New Zealand) 3410 Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse
Gas Statements (ISAE (NZ) 3410), issued by the XRB. Those comparative disclosures are
not covered by our assurance engagement or assurance conclusion.
Directors’ responsibilities
The Directors of the Company are responsible on behalf of the Company for the
preparation and fair presentation of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-
based Indicator in accordance with NZ CSs. This responsibility includes the design,
implementation and maintenance of internal controls relevant to the preparation of
GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator that are free from material
misstatement whether due to fraud or error.
Inherent Uncertainty in preparing GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator
GHG quantification is subject to inherent uncertainty because of incomplete scientific
knowledge used to determine emissions factors and the values needed to combine
emissions of different gases.
Our independence and quality management
The assurance engagement on the GHG Disclosures was undertaken in accordance
with NZ SAE 1 and the assurance engagement on the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator
was undertaken in accordance with ISAE (NZ) 3410. NZ SAE 1 and ISAE (NZ) 3410 are
founded on the fundamental principles of independence, integrity, objectivity, professional
competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.
We have also complied with the following professional and ethical standards and
accreditation body requirements:
• Professional and Ethical Standard 1: International Code of Ethics for Assurance
Practitioners (including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand);
• Professional and Ethical Standard 3: Quality Management for Firms that Perform
Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other Assurance or Related Services
Engagements; and
• Professional and Ethical Standard 4: Engagement Quality Reviews.
Description of the key matterHow our assurance engagement addressed the key matter
Scope 3 Category 11: Use of sold products
Emissions from the use of sold products comprise approximately 42% of total gross
GHG emissions (location based) for the year ended 31 March 2025.
In determining GHG emissions from use of sold products the Group used design
engineers to estimate future energy consumption and use of medical gases which can
vary widely depending on the decisions of clinicians using the medical devices.
Detailed in Category 11: Use of sold products on page 123 of the Climate-related Disclosures
report, are assumptions with a higher level of estimation uncertainty which can materially
impact the accuracy of estimated future energy consumption. This includes:
• Average number of hours products are in use for.
Assumptions with a higher level of estimation uncertainty which can materially impact
the accuracy of estimated medical gas use are
• Average procedure length; and
• Gas volumes.
We considered the use of sold products a key matter due to the significant attention
required in assessing the higher degree of estimation uncertainty and significant
management judgement in estimating these GHG emissions.
We designed our limited assurance procedures to respond to the key matter as follows:
• Making enquiries of management to obtain an understanding of the Group’s overall
governance and internal control environment and procedures relevant to assumptions
and estimates in the calculation and disclosure of the use of sold products;
• evaluating the methodology applied in calculating the estimates and whether it was
consistently applied across a sample of products;
• sample testing the calculation inputs for energy consumption and medical gas use
to underlying source data, such as product design documentation or product use
assessments performed by the Group’s design engineers;
• made enquiries of senior engineers in surgical and anesthesia product groups who
applied their expertise in developing the estimated medical gas use; and
• evaluating the adequacy of the disclosure of category 11 use of sold products against
the requirements of NZ CSs.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryIndependent assurance report
170Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
We are independent of the Group. In our capacity as auditor and assurance practitioner,
our firm provides audit, review and other assurance services. Our firm carried out other
assignments in the area of other training services. The provision of these other services has
not impaired our independence.
Assurance practitioner’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2
Market-based Indicator based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence
we have obtained. NZ SAE 1 and ISAE (NZ) 3410 require us to plan and perform the
engagement to obtain the intended level of assurance about whether anything has
come to our attention that causes us to believe that the GHG Disclosures and the Scope
2 Market-based Indicator are not fairly presented and are not prepared, in all material
respects, in accordance NZ CSs, whether due to fraud or error, and to report our conclusion
to the Directors of the Company.
As we are engaged to form an independent conclusion on the GHG Disclosures and the Scope
2 Market-based Indicator prepared by management, we are not permitted to be involved in
the preparation of the GHG information as doing so may compromise our independence.
Summary of work performed
Our limited assurance engagement was performed in accordance with NZ SAE 1, and ISAE
(NZ) 3410. This involves assessing the suitability in the circumstances of the Group’s use of
NZ CSs as the basis for the preparation of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-
based Indicator, assessing the risks of material misstatement of the GHG Disclosures and
the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator whether due to fraud or error, responding to the
assessed risks as necessary in the circumstances, and evaluating the overall presentation
of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator.
A limited assurance engagement is substantially less in scope than a reasonable assurance
engagement in relation to both the risk assessment procedures, including an understanding
of internal control, and the procedures performed in response to the assessed risks.
The procedures we performed were based on our professional judgement and included
enquiries, observation of processes performed, inspection of documents, analytical
procedures, evaluating the appropriateness of quantification methods and reporting
policies, and agreeing or reconciling with underlying records. In undertaking our limited
assurance engagement on the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator, we:
• Obtained, through enquiries, an understanding of the Group’s control environment,
processes and information systems relevant to the preparation of the GHG Disclosures
and the Scope 2 Market-based Indicator. We did not evaluate the design of particular
control activities, or obtain evidence about their implementation;
• Gained an understanding of and evaluated whether the Group’s methodology for
developing estimates had been consistently applied. Our procedures did not include
testing the data on which the estimates are based or separately developing our own
estimates against which to evaluate the Group’s estimates;
• Tested a limited number of items to, or from, supporting records;
• Assessed a limited number of emission factor sources and reperformed a limited
number of emissions calculations for mathematical accuracy;
• Performed analytical procedures on particular emission categories by comparing the
expected GHGs emitted to actual GHGs emitted and made enquiries of management
to obtain explanations for any significant differences we identified; and
• Considered the presentation and disclosure of the GHG Disclosures and the Scope 2
Market-based Indicator.
The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and timing
from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance engagement. Consequently,
the level of assurance obtained in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower
than the assurance that would have been obtained had we performed a reasonable
assurance engagement and does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become
aware of all significant matters that we otherwise might identify. Accordingly, we do not
express a reasonable assurance opinion on these GHG Disclosures or the Scope 2 Market-
based Indicator.
Inherent limitations
Because of the inherent limitations of an assurance engagement, together with the internal
control structure, it is possible that fraud, error or non-compliance with the compliance
requirements may occur and not be detected.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s Directors, as a body. Our work has been
undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them
in our assurance report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law,
we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the
Company’s Directors, as a body, for our procedures, for this report, or for the conclusions
we have formed.
The engagement partner on the engagement resulting in this independent assurance
report is Victoria Ashplant.
For and on behalf of:
PricewaterhouseCoopers
27 May 2025 Auckland
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryGRI content indexGlossaryDirectoryIndependent assurance report
171Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
2021
GRI REF
Number
DisclosureLocation/Response
The organisation and its reporting practices
2-1Organisational
details
Name of the organisation:
Annual Report: Front cover. Fisher & Paykel Healthcare
Corporation Limited.
Location of headquarters:
Annual Report: Inside back cover.
Location of operations:
Annual Report: pp. 78-79.
Ownership and legal form:
Annual Report: pp. 74-79, p. 135.
Scale of the organisation:
Annual Report: pp. 16-19.
Annual Report: pp. 165-167.
2-2Entities included in
the organisation’s
sustainability
reporting
List of entities:
Our sustainability and financial reporting relates to all
subsidiary companies in the Group structure. For the list of
entities, see pages 78-79.
2-3Reporting period,
frequency and
contact point
Reporting period:
Annual Report: p. 2.
Reporting period is 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025.
Date of most recent report:
27 May 2025 for the period 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025.
Reporting cycle:
Annual reporting cycle.
Contact point for questions regarding the report:
investor@fphcare.co.nz
2-4Restatements of
information
Restatements of information:
FY23 and FY24 Scope 1 GHG emissions have been restated.
FY24 Scope 3 GHG emissions have been restated. For
more information, refer to our Climate-related Disclosures,
prepared in compliance with the External Reporting
Board’s Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards, on
pages 121-124.
2-5External assurance External assurance for non-financial disclosures:
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) has provided independent,
third-party limited assurance over our 2025 financial
year group-wide GHG emissions (tonnes CO
2
e) footprint
presented in the climate-related disclosures.
For the financial year 2024 and prior periods, a verification
engagement was performed by Toitū Envirocare.
Annual Report: pp. 122, pp. 168-170.
External assurance for financial statements:
External assurance provided by PwC.
Annual Report: pp. 160-163.
Activities and workers
2-6Activities, value
chain, and
other business
relationships
Value chain, activities, brands, products and services,
markets served:
Annual Report: pp. 8-9, pp. 16-19.
Supply chain:
Annual Report: pp. 45-51.
Significant changes to the organisation and its supply
chain:
Our manufacturing facility in China became operational
during the reporting period. More detail on our
infrastructure planning is provided in the Report from the
Chair on pages 10-11. We also acknowledge the impact of
geopolitical uncertainty and the US tariffs in the Report
from the Chair on pages 10-11.
2-7EmployeesScale of the organisation (total number of employees):
Annual Report: pp. 42-44.
Information on employees and other workers:
Annual Report: pp. 32-44.
2-8Workers who are
not employees
Information on employees and other workers (information
on workers who are not employees):
The most common type of worker in the organisation
can be described as full-time and permanent. On page
42, we disclose that we had 95 temporary workers as at
31 March 2025.
GRI content index
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare has reported the information cited in the GRI content index for
the period 1 April 2024 to 31 March 2025 with reference to the GRI Standards.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index
172Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Governance
2-9Governance
structure and
composition
Governance structure:
Annual Report: pp. 64-79.
Composition of the highest governance body and its
committees:
Annual Report: pp. 67-71.
2-10Nomination and
selection of the
highest governance
body
Nominating and selecting the highest governance body:
Annual Report: pp. 67-68.
2-11Chair of the highest
governance body
Chair of the highest governance body:
The Chair of the Board is a non-executive director.
Annual Report: p. 26.
Board Charter available online at https://www.fphcare.
com/nz/corporate/sustainability/governance/corporate-
governance-policies/
2-12Role of the highest
governance body
in overseeing the
management of
impacts
Role of highest governance body in setting purpose,
values and strategy:
Annual Report: p. 67.
Role of highest governance body in overseeing process to
identify and manage economic, environmental and social
impacts:
Annual Report: pp. 20-21, p. 67, pp. 70-71.
Reviewing effectiveness of processes:
Annual Report: pp. 70-71.
2-13Delegation of
responsibility for
managing impacts
Delegating authority:
Annual Report: p. 67.
Executive-level responsibility for economic, environmental
and social topics:
Annual Report: p. 37 (Diversity, equity and inclusion),
p. 39 (Health and safety), p. 48 (Sustainable procurement),
p. 58 (Product quality), p. 61 (Business risk), p. 90
(Environment), pp. 96-97 (Climate change).
2-14Role of the highest
governance body
in sustainability
reporting
Highest governance body’s role in sustainability reporting:
The Board reviews and approves the Annual Report, refer
to page 2. Refer to Board committee responsibilities for
reviewing and approving reported information on pages
70-71 and page 95 (Climate-related Disclosures).
2-15Conflicts of interest Conflicts of interest:
Annual Report: p. 65, pp. 71-73.
2-16Communication of
critical concerns
Communicating critical concerns:
Annual Report: p. 65 (Speak Up Procedure).
2-17Collective
knowledge of the
highest governance
body
Collective knowledge of highest governance body:
Annual Report: pp. 68-69, p. 97.
Board Charter available online at https://www.fphcare.
com/nz/corporate/sustainability/governance/corporate-
governance-policies/
2-18Evaluation of the
performance of the
highest governance
body
Evaluation of the performance of the highest governance
body:
Annual Report: p. 69.
2-19Remuneration
policies
Remuneration policies:
Annual Report: pp. 80-88.
2-20Process to
determine
remuneration
Process for determining remuneration:
Annual Report: pp. 82-87 (Executive management).
Stakeholders’ involvement in remuneration:
Annual Report: p. 88 (Directors).
2-21Annual total
compensation ratio
Annual total compensation ratio:
Annual Report: p. 87.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index
173Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Strategy, policies and practices
2-22Statement on
sustainable
development
strategy
Statement from senior decision-maker:
Annual Report: pp. 10-13.
2-23Policy
commitments
Approach:
As set out in our Environmental & Social Responsibility
Policy, our intention is to create a positive lasting impact
on society and the environment.
To understand how our business is aligned with UN
Sustainable Development Goals, see pages 22-25.
Values, principles, standards and norms of behaviour:
Annual Report: pp. 17, 42, 65.
Code of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct, Environmental &
Social Responsibility Policy and Corporate Governance Policy
available online at https://www.fphcare.com/nz/corporate/
sustainability/governance/corporate-governance-policies/
Modern Slavery Statement available online athttps://www.
fphcare.com/nz/corporate/sustainability/suppliers/
2-24Embedding policy
commitments
The company has established global policies that apply
to our people, operations and locations. All policies are
approved by the Board and embedded across our business
by relevant executive management. Each policy has a
dedicated platform for learning and awareness.
2-25Processes to
remediate negative
impacts
The management approach and its components
(grievance mechanisms):
Annual Report: p. 36 (Collective bargaining agreements).
2-26Mechanisms for
seeking advice and
raising concerns
Mechanisms for advice and concerns about ethics:
Annual Report: p. 65.
2-27Compliance
with laws and
regulations
Non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations:
There have been no significant instances of non-
compliance with environmental laws and regulations
during the 2025 financial year.
Non-compliance with laws and regulations in the social
and economic area:
There have been no significant instances of non-
compliance with social and economic laws and regulations
during the 2025 financial year.
2-28
Membership
associations
Membership of associations:
• American Academy of Anesthesiologist Assistants
• American Academy of Sleep Medicine
• American Association for Respiratory Care
• American Association of Homecare
• American Association of Nurse Anesthetists
• American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin
for Sleep
• American Association of Sleep Technologists
• American Chamber of Commerce
• American Chamber of Commerce in South China
• American College of Emergency Physicians
• American Society of Anesthesiologists
• American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain
Medicine
• American Thoracic Society
• Association for Respiratory Technology & Physiology
• Association of Anaesthetists
• Association of Respiratory Care & Sleep Professionals
in Pakistan
• Association of the Metal and Electrical Industry Baden-
Württemberg (Südwestmetall)
• Association of Veterans Affairs Anesthesiologists
• Auckland Regional Chamber of Commerce
• Australasian Investor Relations Association
• Australasian Sleep Association
• Australia New Zealand Chamber of Commerce in Japan
• Austrian Chamber of Commerce
• Board of Registered Polysomnographic Technologists
• Brazilian Association of Medical Products Importers/
Distributors
• British Anaesthetic & Respiratory Equipment
Manufacturers Association
• British Thoracic Society
• Business New Zealand
• Canadian Sleep Society
• Canadian Society of Respiratory Therapists
• China Standards Online Service Network
• COPD Foundation
• Council for International Development
• Diversity Works New Zealand
• Employers and Manufacturers Association
• German Chamber of Commerce
• German Industry Association for Optics, Photonics,
Analytical and Medical Technologies (Spectaris)
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index
174Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
2-28Membership
associations
• Guangdong Investment Promotion Association (China)
• Guangdong Medical Devices Management Academy
• Hong Kong Medical and Healthcare Device Industries
Association
• International Electrotechnical Commission/Technical
Committee 62
• International Medical Device Manufacturers Association
• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical
Committee 121
• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical
Committee 194
• International Organisation for Standardisation/Technical
Committee 215
• Japan Association of Health Industry Distributors
• Japan Association of Medical Devices Industries
• Japan Fair Trade Council of the Medical Devices Industry
• Japan New Zealand Business Council
• Karachi Chamber of Commerce & Industry
• Latin America New Zealand Business Council
• Medical Technology Association of India
• Medical Technology Association of New Zealand
• NZ Chamber of Commerce (Hong Kong)
• Ontario Home Respiratory Services Association
• Pakistan Association of Cardiothoracic Anaesthesiologists
• Pakistan Cardiac Society
• Pakistan Chest Society
• Pakistan Society of Anaesthesiologists (Karachi and Lahore)
• Quality Association for Medical Aids (QVH)
• Sleep Health Foundation
• Sleep Research Society
• Society for Airway Management
• Society for Ambulatory Anesthesia
• Society for Anesthesia and Sleep Medicine
• Society for Head and Neck Anesthesia
• Southwest Business Association, Baden-Württemberg
(USW)
• Sustainable Business Network
• Taipei Medical Instruments Commercial Association
• Uniformed Services Society of Anesthesiologists
• Victorian Chamber of Commerce and Industry
Stakeholder engagement
2-29Approach to
stakeholder
engagement
Approach to stakeholder engagement including
stakeholders engaged with, purpose of the engagement
and key topics and concerns raised:
Annual Report: pp. 20-21.
2-30Collective
bargaining
agreements
Collective bargaining agreements:
Annual Report: p. 36.
Disclosures on material topics
3-1Process to
determine material
topics
Defining report content and topic boundaries:
Annual Report: pp. 20-21.
3-2List of material
topics
List of material topics:
Annual Report: pp. 20-21.
3-3Management of
material topics
Annual Report: see sections titled The Company,
Operating Sustainably and Climate-related Disclosures on
pages 15-124.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index
175Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
SPECIFIC STANDARD DISCLOSURES
2021
GRI REF
Number
DisclosureLocation/Response
GRI 200 Economic standard series
GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 10-13.
GRI 201: Economic performance
201-1Direct economic value
generated and distributed
Annual Report: pp. 125-163 (Financial
statements including auditor’s report).
GRI 204: Procurement practices
GRI 204Management approach 2025
and dialogue with suppliers
Annual Report: pp. 45-51.
GRI 205: Anti-corruption
GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: p. 66.
205-3Confirmed incidents of
corruption and actions taken
Annual Report: p. 66.
During the year ended 31 March 2025, the
company is not aware of any instances
of corruption or of incidents in which
employees were dismissed or disciplined for
corruption.
GRI 400 Social standard series
GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 32-42.
401-1New employee hires and
employee turnover
Annual Report: p. 44.
GRI 403: Occupational health and safety
GRI 403-2Types of injury and rates of
injury, occupational diseases,
lost days, and absenteeism,
and number of work-related
fatalities
Annual Report: p. 40.
GRI 404: Training and education
GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 34-36.
404-1Average hours of training per
year per employee
For salaried employees in New Zealand,
Mexico and international sales offices, our
people undertook an average of 13.7 training
hours during the financial year.
GRI 416: Customer health and safety
GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: pp. 57-59.
416-2Incidents of non-compliance
concerning the health and
safety impacts of products and
services
No instances of non-compliance with
regulations or voluntary codes resulting in
a fine, penalty or warnings. As disclosed
on page 58, we continued our activities in
relation to the voluntary limited recall of
Airvo 2 and myAirvo 2 devices which was
initiated in March 2024.
GRI 418: Customer privacy
GRI 103Management approach 2025Annual Report: p. 62.
Global Privacy Procedure available online at
https://resources.fphcare.com/content/
fph-global-privacy-procedure.pdf
418-1Substantiated complaints
concerning breaches of
customer privacy and losses of
customer data
The company has not identified any
substantial complaints concerning breaches
of customer privacy. In February 2025, we
identified and fixed an issue that could have
led to the login details of some Education
Hub users being identifiable by third
parties. Based on our investigations, we
do not believe there has been any harm to
customers.
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGlossaryDirectoryGRI content index
176Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
Glossary
AALACAssociation for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care
AIArtificial Intelligence
ARCAudit & Risk Committee
ASMAnnual Shareholders’ Meeting
ASXAustralian Stock Exchange
AUDAustralian Dollar
BEISBusiness, Energy & Industrial Strategy (United Kingdom)
BIACThe OECD’s Business and Industry Advisory Committee
CAGRCompound Annual Growth Rate
CBAMCarbon Border Adjustment Mechanism
CDPThe name of the international not-for-profit that facilitates environmental
disclosures. Formerly known as the Carbon Disclosure Project
CEOChief Executive Officer
CFOChief Financial Officer
CODMChief Operating Decision-Maker
CO
2
eCarbon dioxide equivalent
COGSCost Of Goods Sold
Companymeans Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited
Constant
Currency (CC)
is our way to measure performance of the company without any
distortion from changes in foreign exchange rates
COOChief Operating Officer
CPScents per share
CRDClimate-related Disclosures
C VACultural Values Assessment
DAV RDiscretionary Annual Variable Remuneration
DEIDiversity, Equity and Inclusion
DJSMDQTDow Jones US Select Medical Equipment Total Return Index
DRPDividend Reinvestment Plan
EAPEmployee Assistance Programme
EBITDAEarnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation
ECEnergy Certificate
EFEmission Factor
EMSEnvironmental Management System
EPAEnvironmental Protection Agency (United States)
ERPEnterprise Resource Planning
ESGEnvironmental, Social and Governance
ESREmployee Share Right
ESREnvironmental & Social Responsibility
ETSEmissions Trading Scheme
EUEurope
EUREuro
EVElectric Vehicle
Executive
Management
the Executive Management team as set out on pages 28-30
F&PFisher & Paykel Healthcare
FDAFood and Drug Administration (United States)
FIFOFirst In, First Out
FMAFinancial Markets Authority
FMCFinancial Markets Conduct
FPHFisher & Paykel Healthcare
FYFinancial Year
GCPGood Clinical Practice
GDPGross Domestic Product
GHGGreenhouse gas
GRIGlobal Reporting Initiative
Groupmeans Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation Limited together with
its subsidiaries
GSTGoods and Services Tax
GWPGlobal Warming Potential
ICTInformation and Communication Technology
IEAInternational Energy Agency
IFRSInternational Financial Reporting Standards
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexDirectoryGlossary
177Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
IIASAInternational Institute for Applied Systems Analysis
IPIntellectual Property
IPCCIntergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
ISAInternational Standards on Auditing
ISAE (NZ)International Standard on Assurance Engagements (New Zealand)
ISDAInternational Swaps and Derivatives Association
ISOInternational Organisation for Standardisation
JPYJapanese Yen
LTIFRLost Time Injury Frequency Rate
LTV RLong Term Variable Remuneration
MXNMexican Peso
Net DebtDebt less cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments
New
Applications
Consumables
Hospital applications outside of traditional invasive ventilation
NHSNational Health Service
NZNew Zealand
NZ GAAPNew Zealand Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
NZ IASNew Zealand International Accounting Standards
NZ IFRSNew Zealand Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
NZ SAENew Zealand Standard on Assurance Engagements
NZCSNew Zealand Climate Standards
NZDNew Zealand Dollar
NZECSNew Zealand Energy Certificate System
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange
OECDOrganisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OEMOriginal Equipment Manufacturer
OHCOccupational Health Centre
PCPPrior Corresponding Period
PCTPatent Cooperation Treaty
psmper square metre
PSRPerformance Share Right
PwCPricewaterhouseCoopers
QMSQuality Management System
R&DResearch and Development
RECRenewable Energy Certificate
SBTiScience Based Targets initiative
SDGSustainable Development Goal
SG&ASales, General and Administrative
SOWSafety of Work
SSPShared Socioeconomic Pathway
STEMMScience, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics (and mātauranga
Māori)
TCFDTask Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
TRIFRTotal Recordable Injury Frequency Rate
TSRTotal Shareholder Return
UKUnited Kingdom
UNUnited Nations
USUnited States
USDUnited States Dollar
VPVice President
VWAPVolume-Weighted Average Price
WG1Working Group 1
XRBExternal Reporting Board
Key medical terms used throughout this Report
CPAPContinuous Positive Airway Pressure
NHFNasal High Flow
NIVNoninvasive Ventilation
OSAObstructive Sleep Apnea
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexDirectoryGlossary
178Fisher & Paykel Healthcare|ANNUAL REPORT 2025
REGISTERED OFFICES
New Zealand
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Limited
15 Maurice Paykel Place, East Tāmaki, Auckland 2013, New Zealand
Postal: PO Box 14348, Panmure, Auckland 1741, New Zealand
Phone: +64 9 574 0100
Fax: +64 9 574 0158
Website: www.fphcare.com
Email: investor@fphcare.co.nz
Australia
Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Pty. Limited
19-31 King Street, Nunawading, Melbourne, Victoria 3131, Australia
Postal: PO Box 159, Mitcham, Victoria 3132, Australia
Phone: +61 3 9871 4900
SHARE REGISTRAR
New Zealand
MUFG Pension & Market Services (NZ) Limited
Level 30, PwC Tower, 15 Customs Street West, Auckland 1010, New Zealand
Postal: PO Box 91976, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
Investor enquiries: +64 9 375 5998
Fax: +64 9 375 5990
Website: www.mpms.mufg.com
Email: enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
Australia
MUFG Pension & Market Services (AU) Limited
Level 12, 680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia
Postal: Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235, Australia
Investor enquiries: +61 2 8280 7111
Fax: +61 2 9287 0303
Website: www.mpms.mufg.com
Email: enquiries.nz@cm.mpms.mufg.com
Directory
THE BUSINESS YEARContentsTHE COMPANYOPERATING SUSTAINABLYCLIMATE-RELATED DISCLOSURESFINANCIALSAPPENDICES
Five year summaryIndependent assurance reportGRI content indexGlossaryDirectory
© 2025 Fisher & Paykel
Healthcare Corporation Limited
fphcare.com
---
Disclaimer
The information in this presentation is for general purposes only and should be read in conjunction with Fisher & Paykel Healthcare Corporation
Limited’s (FPH) Annual Report 2025 and accompanying market releases.Nothing in this presentation should be construed as an invitation for
subscription, purchase or recommendation of securities in FPH.
This presentation includes forward-looking statements about the financial condition, operations and performance of FPH and its
subsidiaries.These statements are based on current expectations and assumptions regarding FPH’s business and performance, the economy and
other circumstances.As with any projection or forecast, the forward-looking statements in this presentation are inherently uncertain and
susceptible to changes in circumstances.FPH’s actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by those forward-looking
statements.
Non-GAAP financial information
Constant currency information included within this presentation is non-GAAP financial information, as defined by the NZ Financial Markets
Authority, and has been provided to assist users of financial information to better understand and track the company’s comparative financial
performance without the impacts of spot foreign currency fluctuations and hedging results and has been prepared on a consistent basis each
year. The company’s constant currency framework can be found on the company’s website at www.fphcare.com/ccf.
Underlying net profit after tax, referenced within this presentation, is a non-GAAP performance measure and is not defined or specified under
the requirements of NZ IFRS. FPH believes that this non-GAAP measure, which is not considered to be a substitute for or superior to NZ IFRS
measures, provides stakeholders with additional helpful information on the performance of the business.
A reconciliation between reported results and constant currency/underlying net profit after tax is available in
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- PFI — Property for Industry Limited: PFI Announces Annual Results2025-08-24
“PFI | Property for Industry Limited | 2025-08-24 | FLLYR | PFI Announces Annual Results…”
- KFL — Kingfish Limited: Kingfish delivers $40.8m net profit2025-05-19
“Kingfish Limited results announcement Results for announcement to the market Name of issuer Kingfish Limited Reporting Period 12 months to 31 March 2025 Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 31 March 2024 Currency NZ$ Amount (000s) Percentage change Profit from cont…”
- FRW — Freightways Group Limited: Full Year Results to 30 June 2025 and Final Dividend2025-08-17
“Reporting for the period ending 30 June 2025 FY25 Results Presenters: Mark TroughearStephan DeschampsAaron StubbingNeil Wilson Chief Executive OfficerChief Financial OfficerGeneral Manager, EPGeneral Manager, FRW…”